Skip to main content

Hari-bhakti-vilāsa · Vilāsa 8

Prātar-arcā-samāpanaḥ — Completing the Morning Worship

Unit 8 of 20HBV 8.1HBV 8.504–508362 source entries

HBV 8.1

Source

श्री-चैतन्य-प्रभुꣳ वन्दे यत्-पादाश्रय-वीर्यतः । सꣳगृह्णात्य् आकरव्राताद् रङ्को रत्नावलीमयम्

śrī-caitanya-prabhuṁ vande yat-pādāśraya-vīryataḥ | saṁgṛhṇāty ākaravrātād raṅko ratnāvalīmayam

English translation

I worship Sri Krsna Caitanya, by whose influence this fallen soul, who has surrendered at His lotus feet, has attempted to collect various jewels from their sources—the ocean of transcendental literature.

HBV 8.2

Source

ततश् च धूपम् उत्सृज्य नीचैस् तन्-मुद्रयार्पयेत् । कृष्णꣳ सङ्कीर्तयन् घण्टम् वाम-हस्तेन वादयन्

tataś ca dhūpam utsṛjya nīcais tan-mudrayārpayet | kṛṣṇaṁ saṅkīrtayan ghaṇṭam vāma-hastena vādayan

English translation

While offering incense to the Lord, one should wave the incense in circles, up to His navel, while ringing a bell with the left hand and chanting the holy name of Krsna. This should be followed by displaying the appropriate dhupa'tnudrd.

HBV 8.3–4

Source

तथा च बह्व्-ऋच-परिशिष्टे -- धूपस्य विजने चैव धूपेनाङ्ग-विधूपने । नीराजनेषु सर्वेषु विष्णोर् नामानि कीर्तयेत् जय-घोषꣳ प्रकुर्वीत कारुण्यꣳ चाभिकीर्तयेत् । तथा मङ्गल-घोषꣳ च जगद्-बीजस्य च स्तुतिम्

tathā ca bahv-ṛca-pariśiṣṭe -- dhūpasya vijane caiva dhūpenāṅga-vidhūpane | nīrājaneṣu sarveṣu viṣṇor nāmāni kīrtayet jaya-ghoṣaṁ prakurvīta kāruṇyaṁ cābhikīrtayet | tathā maṅgala-ghoṣaṁ ca jagad-bījasya ca stutim

English translation

188 SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA WVu\e offering incense, \vYii\e fanning the aromatic smoke to disperse it, and in all aspects of Deity worship, one should chant the holy names of Lord Visnu. One should glorify the origin of the universe, Lord Hari, recite auspicious prayers, sing songs that glorify Him, and offer prayers, such as those spoken by Brahma.

HBV 8.5

Source

अन्यत्र च -- ततः समर्पयेद् धूपꣳ घण्ट-वाद्य-जय-स्वनैः । धूप-स्थानꣳ समभ्यर्च्य तर्जन्या वामया हरेः

anyatra ca -- tataḥ samarpayed dhūpaṁ ghaṇṭa-vādya-jaya-svanaiḥ | dhūpa-sthānaṁ samabhyarcya tarjanyā vāmayā hareḥ

English translation

After touching the incense holder with the index finger of the left hand, one should offer dhupa, or incense, to Sri Hari while ringing the bell and chanting, "Jaya! Jaya!"

HBV 8.6

Source

तत्र मन्त्रः -- वनस्पति-रसोत्पन्नो गन्धाढ्यो गन्ध उत्तमः । अघ्रेयः सर्व-देवानाꣳ धूपो ऽयꣳ प्रतिगृह्यतम्

tatra mantraḥ -- vanaspati-rasotpanno gandhāḍhyo gandha uttamaḥ | aghreyaḥ sarva-devānāṁ dhūpo 'yaṁ pratigṛhyatam

English translation

O Lord, kindly accept this incense, which is meant to be enjoyed by godly personalities, and which is made from the essence of trees, plants, and fragrant flowers.

HBV 8.7

Source

वामन-पुराणे – रुहिकाख्यꣳ कणो दारु-सिह्लकꣳ चागुरुः सिता । शङ्खो जाति-फलꣳ श्रीशे धूपानि स्युः प्रियाणि वै

vāmana-purāṇe – ruhikākhyaṁ kaṇo dāru-sihlakaṁ cāguruḥ sitā | śaṅkho jāti-phalaṁ śrīśe dhūpāni syuḥ priyāṇi vai

English translation

vdmarui'purdne (In the Vdmana Purana it is stated) ruhikakhyarh kano daru- sihlakarh cdguruh sitd sankho jdti-phalarh srlse dhupdni syuh priydni vai

Dhupa made of jatdmdmsl, gugula, daru, sihdloka, aguru, sarkara, sankha and nutmeg is very dear to Sri Visnu.

HBV 8.8

Source

मूलागमे स-गुग्गुल्व्-अगुरु-शीर-सिताज्य-मधु-चन्दनैः । साराङ्गार-विनिक्षिप्तैः कल्पयेद् धूपम् उत्तमम्

mūlāgame sa-guggulv-aguru-śīra-sitājya-madhu-candanaiḥ | sārāṅgāra-vinikṣiptaiḥ kalpayed dhūpam uttamam

English translation

One should prepare dhupa by mixing gugula, aguru, usira, sarkara, ghee, honey and sandalwood with charcoal, or the powder of some excellent burnt wood.

HBV 8.9

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे च -- तथैव शुभ-गन्धा ये धूपस् ते जगतः पतेः । वासुदेवस्य धर्म-ज्ञैर् निवेद्य दानवेश्वर

viṣṇu-dharmottare ca -- tathaiva śubha-gandhā ye dhūpas te jagataḥ pateḥ | vāsudevasya dharma-jñair nivedya dānaveśvara

English translation

O Lord of the universe! O subduer of the demons! People who know the principles of religion always worship Lord Vasudeva with the best quality fragrant dhupa.

HBV 8.10

Source

न धूपर्थे जीव-जतम्

na dhūparthe jīva-jatam

English translation

One should not prepare dhupa from the products of any living being.

HBV 8.11

Source

तत्रैवापवादः विना मृगमदꣳ धूपे जीव-जातꣳ विवर्जयेत्

tatraivāpavādaḥ vinā mṛgamadaṁ dhūpe jīva-jātaṁ vivarjayet

English translation

190 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA Except musk (from a type of deer), all other products derived from living beings should be rejected.

HBV 8.12

Source

कालिका-पुराणे -- न यक्ष-धूपꣳ वितरेन् मधवय कदचन

kālikā-purāṇe -- na yakṣa-dhūpaṁ vitaren madhavaya kadacana

English translation

One should never offer to Lord Madhava dhupa made from the bark, resin, or extract of a sdla tree.

HBV 8.13

Source

अग्नि-पुराणे – न सल्लकिजꣳ न तृणम् न शल्क-रस-सम्भ्र्तꣳ धूपम् । प्रत्यङ्ग-निर्मुक्तम् दद्यात् कृष्णाय बुद्धिमान्

agni-purāṇe – na sallakijaṁ na tṛṇam na śalka-rasa-sambhrtaṁ dhūpam | pratyaṅga-nirmuktam dadyāt kṛṣṇāya buddhimān

English translation

An intelligent devotee should not offer dhupa to Lord Krsna made from the leaves, branches, or bark of the sallaki tree, as well as from grass, such as usira, or from the extract derived from the salka tree.

HBV 8.14–15

Source

नारसिꣳहे श्री-मर्कन्देय-सतनिक-सम्वदे महिषाख्यꣳ गुग्गुलुꣳ च आज्य-युक्तꣳ स-शर्करम् । धूपꣳ ददाति रजेन्द्र नरसिꣳहस्य भक्तिमान् स धूपितः सर्व-दिक्षु सर्व-पाप-विवर्जितः । अप्सरो-गण-युक्तेन विमानेन विराजता । वायु-लोकꣳ समासाद्य विष्णु-लोके महीयते

nārasiṁhe śrī-markandeya-satanika-samvade mahiṣākhyaṁ gugguluṁ ca ājya-yuktaṁ sa-śarkaram | dhūpaṁ dadāti rajendra narasiṁhasya bhaktimān sa dhūpitaḥ sarva-dikṣu sarva-pāpa-vivarjitaḥ | apsaro-gaṇa-yuktena vimānena virājatā | vāyu-lokaṁ samāsādya viṣṇu-loke mahīyate

English translation

that is found in the Nrsirhha Purdna, it is stated) mahisakhyam guggulurh ca djya-yuktarh sa-sarkaram dhiiparh daddti rajendra narasirhhasya bhaktimdn sa dhupitah sarva-diksu sarva-pdpa-vivarjitah apsaro-gana-yuktena vimdnena virdjatd

vdyulokarh samdsddya visnuloke mahlyate O foremost of kings, those who devotedly offer dhupa made of mahisa, gugulu, ghee and sugar to Lord Nrsirhhadeva first go to Vayuloka, riding on a chariot and accompanied by celestial women, after being freed from all sinful reactions, and then ascend to the abode of Lord Visnu, where they are greatly honored by the residents.

HBV 8.16

Source

स्कान्दे – ये कृष्ण-गुरुणा कृष्णꣳ धूपयन्ति कलौ नराः । स-कर्पूरेण राजेन्द्र कृष्ण-तुल्या भवन्ति ते

skānde – ye kṛṣṇa-guruṇā kṛṣṇaṁ dhūpayanti kalau narāḥ | sa-karpūreṇa rājendra kṛṣṇa-tulyā bhavanti te

English translation

O best of kings, those who offer dhupa made of camphor and black aguru to Sri Krsna in this age of Kali attain the liberation of having the same bodily features as the Lord.

HBV 8.17

Source

साज्येन वै गुग्गुलुना सु-धूपेन जनार्दनम् । धूपयित्वा नरो याति पदꣳ तस्य सदा-शिवꣳ

sājyena vai guggulunā su-dhūpena janārdanam | dhūpayitvā naro yāti padaṁ tasya sadā-śivaṁ

English translation

By offering incense prepared with ghee and gugulu to Lord Janardana, devotees can attain His eternal abode.

HBV 8.18

Source

अगुरुꣳ तु स-कर्पूर-दिव्य-चन्दन-सौरभम् । दत्त्वा नित्यꣳ हरेर् भक्त्या कुलानाꣳ तारयेच् छतम्

aguruṁ tu sa-karpūra-divya-candana-saurabham | dattvā nityaṁ harer bhaktyā kulānāṁ tārayec chatam

English translation

One hundred generations of a person's family become delivered if he offers, with love and devotion, incense made from camphor, aguru, and sandalwood powder to Lord Hari every day.

192 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.19

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तर-त्र्तिय-खण्डे – धूपनम् उत्तमꣳ तद्वत् सर्व-कम-फल-प्रदम् । धूपꣳ तुरुष्ककꣳ दत्त्वा वह्निस्तोम-फलꣳ लभेत्

viṣṇu-dharmottara-trtiya-khaṇḍe – dhūpanam uttamaṁ tadvat sarva-kama-phala-pradam | dhūpaṁ turuṣkakaṁ dattvā vahnistoma-phalaṁ labhet

English translation

If best quality dhupa is offered to the Lord then all of one's desires become fulfilled. By offering the Lord dhupa made of turaska, one obtains the merit of performing an agnistoma sacrifice. By offering best quality artificially scented dhupa to the Lord, all the desires of the worshiper become fulfilled.

HBV 8.20–23

Source

दत्त्वा तु कृत्रिमꣳ मुख्यꣳ सर्व-कामान् अवाप्नुयात् । गन्ध-युक्त-कृतꣳ दत्त्वा यज्ञ-गोसवꣳ आप्नुयात् दत्त्वा कर्पूर-निर्यासꣳ वाजिमेध-फलꣳ लभेत् । वसन्ते गुग्गुलꣳ दत्त्वा वह्निस्तोमꣳ अवाप्नुयात् ग्रीष्मे चन्दन-सारेण राजसूय-फलꣳ लभेत् । तुरुष्कस्य प्रदानेन प्रवृष्य् उत्तमताꣳ लभेत् कर्पूर-दानाच् छरदि राजसूयꣳ अवाप्नुयात्

dattvā tu kṛtrimaṁ mukhyaṁ sarva-kāmān avāpnuyāt | gandha-yukta-kṛtaṁ dattvā yajña-gosavaṁ āpnuyāt dattvā karpūra-niryāsaṁ vājimedha-phalaṁ labhet | vasante guggulaṁ dattvā vahnistomaṁ avāpnuyāt grīṣme candana-sāreṇa rājasūya-phalaṁ labhet | turuṣkasya pradānena pravṛṣy uttamatāṁ labhet karpūra-dānāc charadi rājasūyaṁ avāpnuyāt

English translation

By offering camphor powder to the Lord, one receives the merit of performing a horse sacrifice and by offering gugulu to the Lord in the spring, one achieves the merit of performing an agnistoma sacrifice. One who offers dhupa made from sandalwood in the summer receives the merit of performing 3 a Rajasuya sacrifice. Offering dhupa made from turaska in the rainy season awards one advancement in all aspects of life. By offering camphor to

the Lord in the autumn, one receives the merit of performing a Rajasuya sacrifice.

HBV 8.24

Source

हेमन्ते म्र्ग-दर्पेण वाजिमेध-फलꣳ लभेत् । शिशिरे ऽगुरु-सरेन सर्व-मेध-फलꣳ लभेत्

hemante mrga-darpeṇa vājimedha-phalaṁ labhet | śiśire 'guru-sarena sarva-medha-phalaṁ labhet

English translation

By offering musk to the Lord during the dewy season, a devotee achieves the merit of performing a horse sacrifice. The offering of aguru dhupa in the winter blesses one with the merit of performing all kinds of sacrifices.

HBV 8.25

Source

पदम् उत्तमꣳ आप्नोति धूप-दः पुष्टिम् अश्नुते । धूप-लेख यथाइवोर्ध्वम् नित्यꣳ एव प्रसर्पति । तथाइवोर्ध्व-गतो नित्यꣳ धूप-दानाद् भवेन् नरः

padam uttamaṁ āpnoti dhūpa-daḥ puṣṭim aśnute | dhūpa-lekha yathāivordhvam nityaṁ eva prasarpati | tathāivordhva-gato nityaṁ dhūpa-dānād bhaven naraḥ

English translation

Those who offer dhupa to the Supreme Lord achieve prosperity in this life and access to Vaikuntha in the next. As the flame or smoke of dhupa goes upward, the devotee who offers dhupa every day advances toward an exalted destination as a result of his devotional activities.

HBV 8.26

Source

प्रह्लाद-सꣳहितायाꣳ च यो ददाति हरेर् धूपम् तुलसी-काष्ठ-वह्निना । शत-क्रतु-समꣳ पुण्यꣳ गोऽयुतꣳ लभते फलꣳ इति ।

prahlāda-saṁhitāyāṁ ca yo dadāti harer dhūpam tulasī-kāṣṭha-vahninā | śata-kratu-samaṁ puṇyaṁ go'yutaṁ labhate phalaṁ iti |

English translation

One who offers dhupa made from tulasi wood obtains the merit of performing one hundred sacrifices and giving ten thousand cows in charity.

HBV 8.27

Source

धूपयेच् च तथा सम्यक् श्रीमद्-भगवद्-आलयꣳ । धूप-शेषꣳ ततो भक्त्या स्वयꣳ सेवेत वैष्णवः

dhūpayec ca tathā samyak śrīmad-bhagavad-ālayaṁ | dhūpa-śeṣaṁ tato bhaktyā svayaṁ seveta vaiṣṇavaḥ

English translation

194 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA dhupa-sesarh tato bhaktyd svayarh seveta vaisnavah A Vaisnava should always make the temple of Lord Hari fragrant with offerings of dhupa. After doing so, he should honor the remnants of dhupa.

HBV 8.28

Source

तथा च ब्राह्मे अम्बरिसꣳ प्रति गौतम-प्रश्ने -- धूप-शेषꣳ तु कृष्णस्य भक्त्या भजसि भूपते । कृत्वा चारात्रिकꣳ विष्णोः स्व-मूर्ध्ना वन्दसे नृप

tathā ca brāhme ambarisaṁ prati gautama-praśne -- dhūpa-śeṣaṁ tu kṛṣṇasya bhaktyā bhajasi bhūpate | kṛtvā cārātrikaṁ viṣṇoḥ sva-mūrdhnā vandase nṛpa

English translation

O King, do you honor the remnants of dhupa that were offered to Lord Krsna with devotion? Do you offer Him obeisances after performing arati7.

HBV 8.29

Source

कृष्णागुरु-समुत्थेन धूपेन श्रीधरालयम् । धूपयेद् वैष्णवो यस् तु स मुक्तो नरकार्णवत्

kṛṣṇāguru-samutthena dhūpena śrīdharālayam | dhūpayed vaiṣṇavo yas tu sa mukto narakārṇavat

English translation

A devotee who offers dhupa made from black aguru within the temple of Lord Visnu, the husband of Laksmi, will be delivered from the ocean of hellish material conditions. *

HBV 8.30

Source

पाद्मे श्री-गौतमाम्बरीष-सꣳवादे – तीर्थ-कोटि-शतैर् धौतो यथा भवति निर्मलः । करोति निर्मलꣳ देहꣳ धूप-शेषस् तथा हरेः

pādme śrī-gautamāmbarīṣa-saṁvāde – tīrtha-koṭi-śatair dhauto yathā bhavati nirmalaḥ | karoti nirmalaṁ dehaṁ dhūpa-śeṣas tathā hareḥ

English translation

that is found in the Padma Purana it is stated) tlrtha-koti-satair dhauto yathd bhavati nirmalah

karoti nirmalarh deharh dhupa-sesas tathd hareh The purification one achieves by bathing in hundreds of millions of holy places can be achieved simply by smelling the remnants of dhupa offered to Lord Hari.

HBV 8.31

Source

न भयꣳ विद्यते तस्य भौमꣳ दिव्यꣳ रासातलम् । कृष्ण-धूपावशेषेन यस्याङ्गꣳ परिवासितम्

na bhayaṁ vidyate tasya bhaumaṁ divyaṁ rāsātalam | kṛṣṇa-dhūpāvaśeṣena yasyāṅgaṁ parivāsitam

English translation

He whose entire body is perfumed by the sweet aroma of the remnants oi dhupa offered to the Lord has nothing to fear from any place, whether it be heaven, earth, or hell.

HBV 8.32

Source

नापदो विपदस् तस्य भवन्ति खलु देहिनः । हरेर् दत्तावशेषेन धूपयेद् यस् तनुꣳ सदा

nāpado vipadas tasya bhavanti khalu dehinaḥ | harer dattāvaśeṣena dhūpayed yas tanuṁ sadā

English translation

One who regularly smells the sweet aroma of dhupa after offering it to Lord Visnu will not suffer from any difficulties in life.

HBV 8.33

Source

नासौख्यꣳ न भयꣳ दुःखꣳ नाधिजꣳ नैव रोगजम् । यः सेवयेद् धूप-शेषꣳ विष्णोर् अद्भुत-कर्मणः

nāsaukhyaṁ na bhayaṁ duḥkhaṁ nādhijaṁ naiva rogajam | yaḥ sevayed dhūpa-śeṣaṁ viṣṇor adbhuta-karmaṇaḥ

English translation

There is no scarcity of happiness for a person who enjoys the remnants of dhupa offered to Lord Visnu, whose transcendental activities are most wonderful. Such a person need have no fear of any mental or physical distress.

HBV 8.34

Source

क्रूर-सत्त्व-भयꣳ नैव न च चौर-भयꣳ क्वचित् । सेवयित्वा हरेर् धूपꣳ निर्माल्यꣳ पदयोर् जलम्

krūra-sattva-bhayaṁ naiva na ca caura-bhayaṁ kvacit | sevayitvā harer dhūpaṁ nirmālyaṁ padayor jalam

English translation

196 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA sevayitvd harer dhupam nirmalyam padayor jalam Those who honor the remnants of dhupa, flowers, and water that washed the lotus feet of Lord Hari have nothing to fear from wild animals or thieves.

HBV 8.35

Source

हरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये च— आघ्राणꣳ यद् धरेर् दत्तꣳ धूपोच्छिष्टस्य सर्वतः । तद्-भव-व्याल-दष्टानाꣳ भवेत् कर्म-विषापहꣳ इति ।

hari-bhakti-sudhodaye ca— āghrāṇaṁ yad dharer dattaṁ dhūpocchiṣṭasya sarvataḥ | tad-bhava-vyāla-daṣṭānāṁ bhavet karma-viṣāpahaṁ iti |

English translation

If people who are bitten by the poisonous snake of material life smell the sweet aroma of dhupa offered to Lord Hari then the Lord destroys that poison, which is in the form of material distress.

HBV 8.36

Source

दर्शनाद् अपि धूपस्य धूप-दानादि-जꣳ फलम् । सर्वꣳ अन्ये’पि विन्दन्ति तच् चाग्रे व्यतिꣳ एष्यति

darśanād api dhūpasya dhūpa-dānādi-jaṁ phalam | sarvaṁ anye’pi vindanti tac cāgre vyatiṁ eṣyati

English translation

Not only those who offer dhupa to the Lord but even those who watch them offering dhupa attain the same result. This will be described later on.

HBV 8.37

Source

तथैट दीपम् उत्सृज्य प्राग्वद् घण्टꣳ च वादयन् । पदाब्जाद् अदृग्-अब्जान्तꣳ मुद्रयोच्चैः प्रदीपयेत्

tathaiṭa dīpam utsṛjya prāgvad ghaṇṭaṁ ca vādayan | padābjād adṛg-abjāntaṁ mudrayoccaiḥ pradīpayet

English translation

Like dhupa, one should also offer dipa to the Lord while ringing a bell with the left hand. One should chant the appropriate mantra, display the proper mudrd, and offer the ghee lamp, beginning from the Lord's lotus feet, up to His eyes.

HBV 8.38

Source

गौतमीये— सु-प्रकाशो महा-तेजह् सर्वतस् तिमिरापहः । स-बाह्याभ्यन्तर-ज्योतिर् दीपो’यꣳ प्रतिगृह्यताम्

gautamīye— su-prakāśo mahā-tejah sarvatas timirāpahaḥ | sa-bāhyābhyantara-jyotir dīpo’yaṁ pratigṛhyatām

English translation

gautamiye (In the Qautamiya-tantra it is stated) su-prakdso mahd-tejah sarvatas timirdpahah sa-bdhydbhyantara-jyotir dlpo 'yam pratigrhyatdm Please accept this ghee lamp, which is very bright, full of effulgence, the destroyer of darkness, and which illuminates both internally and externally.

HBV 8.39

Source

दीपꣳ प्रज्वलयेत् शक्तौ कर्पूरेन घृतेन वा । गव्येन तत्रासामार्थ्ये तैलेनापि सु-गन्धिना

dīpaṁ prajvalayet śaktau karpūrena ghṛtena vā | gavyena tatrāsāmārthye tailenāpi su-gandhinā

English translation

According to one's capacity, one should light a ghee lamp with the wick coated with camphor. If one is unable to afford this then he can use perfumed oil in the lamp.

HBV 8.40

Source

तथा च नारदीय-कल्पे— स-घृतꣳ गुग्गुलꣳ धूपꣳ दीपꣳ गो-घृत-दीपितम् । समस्त-परिवाराय हरये श्रद्धयार्पयेत्

tathā ca nāradīya-kalpe— sa-ghṛtaṁ guggulaṁ dhūpaṁ dīpaṁ go-ghṛta-dīpitam | samasta-parivārāya haraye śraddhayārpayet

English translation

One should faithfully offer dhupa made from gugulu mixed with ghee, and dipa, using cow's ghee, to Lord Hari and His associates.

HBV 8.41

Source

भविष्योत्तरे— घृतेन दीपो दातव्यो राजन् तैलेन वा पुनः

bhaviṣyottare— ghṛtena dīpo dātavyo rājan tailena vā punaḥ

English translation

O King, one should offer a lamp to the Lord, using either ghee or oil.

198 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.42

Source

महाभारते च— हविषा प्रथमः कल्पो द्वितीयश् चौषधोरसैः

mahābhārate ca— haviṣā prathamaḥ kalpo dvitīyaś cauṣadhorasaiḥ

English translation

Offering a lamp that burns ghee is best. If one is unable to afford ghee then he can offer a lamp that burns mustard, sesame, or kusumbha oil.

HBV 8.43

Source

भविष्योत्तरे— वसा-मज्जादिभिर् दीपो न तु देयः कदाचन

bhaviṣyottare— vasā-majjādibhir dīpo na tu deyaḥ kadācana

English translation

bhavisyottare (In the uttara section of the Bhavisya Purana it is stated) vasdmajjddibhir dlpo na tu deyah kaddcana One should never offer a lamp that burns bone marrow or animal fat.

HBV 8.44

Source

महाभारते— वसा-मज्जास्थि-निर्यासैर् न कार्यः पुष्टिꣳ इच्छत

mahābhārate— vasā-majjāsthi-niryāsair na kāryaḥ puṣṭiṁ icchata

English translation

Those who wish for material enjoyment should never offer a lamp with bone marrow or animal fat.

HBV 8.45

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे तृतीय-खण्डे— नील-रक्त-दशꣳ दीपꣳ प्रयत्नेन विवर्जयेत्

viṣṇu-dharmottare tṛtīya-khaṇḍe— nīla-rakta-daśaṁ dīpaṁ prayatnena vivarjayet

English translation

One should not offer a lamp having a blue or red flame to the Lord.

HBV 8.46

Source

कालिका-पुराणे— दीप-वृक्षश् च कर्तव्यस् तैजासाद्यैश् च भैरव । वृक्षेषु दीपो दातव्यो न तु भूमौ कदाचन

kālikā-purāṇe— dīpa-vṛkṣaś ca kartavyas taijāsādyaiś ca bhairava | vṛkṣeṣu dīpo dātavyo na tu bhūmau kadācana

English translation

O Bhairava, a lamp should be offered that is made of metal or some other pure material. One should never place a dipa on the ground.

HBV 8.47

Source

स्कान्दे ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे— प्रज्वाल्य देव-देवस्य कर्पूरेन च दीपकम् । अश्वमेधꣳ अवाप्नोति कुलꣳ चैव समुद्धरेत्

skānde brahma-nārada-saṁvāde— prajvālya deva-devasya karpūrena ca dīpakam | aśvamedhaṁ avāpnoti kulaṁ caiva samuddharet

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purdrut it is stated) prajvalya deva-devasya karpurena ca dlpakam asvamedham avdpnoti kularh caiva samuddharet By offering a lamp with camphor to the Lord of the demigods, one obtains the merit of performing a horse sacrifice and he delivers his entire family.

HBV 8.48

Source

अत्रैवान्यत्र च— यो ददाति मही-पाल कृष्णस्याग्रे तु दीपकम् । पातकꣳ तु समुत्सृज्य ज्योती-रूपꣳ लभेत् फलम्

atraivānyatra ca— yo dadāti mahī-pāla kṛṣṇasyāgre tu dīpakam | pātakaṁ tu samutsṛjya jyotī-rūpaṁ labhet phalam

English translation

O King, one who offers a lamp before Lord Krsna is liberated from all sinful reactions. At the end, he goes to the effulgent abode of the Lord in the spiritual sky, Vaikuntha.

HBV 8.49–50

Source

वाराहे— दीपꣳ ददाति यो देवि मद्-भक्त्या तु व्यवस्थितः । नात्रान्धत्वꣳ भवेत् तस्य सप्त-जन्मनि सुन्दरि यस् तु दद्यात् प्रदीपꣳ मे सर्वतः स्रद्धयान्वितः । स्वयम्-प्रभेषु देशेषु तस्योत्पत्तिर् विधीयते

vārāhe— dīpaṁ dadāti yo devi mad-bhaktyā tu vyavasthitaḥ | nātrāndhatvaṁ bhavet tasya sapta-janmani sundari yas tu dadyāt pradīpaṁ me sarvataḥ sraddhayānvitaḥ | svayam-prabheṣu deśeṣu tasyotpattir vidhīyate

English translation

200 SRI HARI-BH AKTI-VILASA svayam-prabhesu desesu tasyotpattir vidhlyate O Devi! O beautiful one, a person who offers Me with devotion and a controlled mind a dlpa does not fall into the darkness of illusion during his next seven lifetimes. Those who faithfully offer a ghee lamp to Me will achieve either Brahmaloka or Svetadvipa.

HBV 8.51

Source

हरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये— दत्तꣳ स्व-ज्योतिषे ज्योतिर् यद् विस्तारयति प्रभाम् । तद्वद् धर्यति सज्-ज्योतिर् दातुः पापतमो’पहꣳ

hari-bhakti-sudhodaye— dattaṁ sva-jyotiṣe jyotir yad vistārayati prabhām | tadvad dharyati saj-jyotir dātuḥ pāpatamo’pahaṁ

English translation

By offering its light to the self-illuminated Supreme Lord, a lamp increases the understanding of the worshiper and destroys the darkness of illusion born of sinful activities.

HBV 8.52

Source

नारसिꣳहे— घृतेन वाथ तैलेन दीपꣳ प्रज्वलयेन् नरः । विष्णवे विधिवद् भक्त्या तस्य पुण्य-फलꣳ शृणु

nārasiṁhe— ghṛtena vātha tailena dīpaṁ prajvalayen naraḥ | viṣṇave vidhivad bhaktyā tasya puṇya-phalaṁ śṛṇu

English translation

Listen carefully as I explain about the merit one receives by offering a ghee lamp or oil lamp in full devotion to Lord Visnu.

HBV 8.53

Source

विहाय पापꣳ सकलꣳ सहस्रादित्य-स-प्रभः । ज्योतिष्मता विमानेन विष्णु-लोके महीयते

vihāya pāpaṁ sakalaṁ sahasrāditya-sa-prabhaḥ | jyotiṣmatā vimānena viṣṇu-loke mahīyate

English translation

Such a person is freed from all sinful reactions and becomes as brilliant as thousands of suns. He is then seated on a shining chariot and taken to the abode of Lord Visnu, where he resides with great honor.

HBV 8.54

Source

प्रह्लाद-सꣳहितायाꣳ च तुलसी-पवकेनैव दीपꣳ यः कुरुते हरेः । दीप-लक्ष-सहस्राणाꣳ पुण्यꣳ भवति दैत्यज इति ।

prahlāda-saṁhitāyāṁ ca tulasī-pavakenaiva dīpaṁ yaḥ kurute hareḥ | dīpa-lakṣa-sahasrāṇāṁ puṇyaṁ bhavati daityaja iti |

English translation

O son of a Daitya, a person who offers a lamp that burns tulasi wood achieves the merit of offering thousands and millions of ordinary lamps.

HBV 8.55

Source

पश्चाद् दीपꣳ च तꣳ भक्त्या मूर्ध्ना वन्देत वैष्णवः । धूपस्येवेक्षणात् तस्य लभन्ते’न्ये’पि तत् फलम्

paścād dīpaṁ ca taṁ bhaktyā mūrdhnā vandeta vaiṣṇavaḥ | dhūpasyevekṣaṇāt tasya labhante’nye’pi tat phalam

English translation

A Vaisnava should first offer a ghee lamp and then offer his obeisances to it. Just as watching the offering of dhupa awards one merit, watching the offering of dipa also awards one the same merit as the worshiper.

HBV 8.56

Source

केचिच् चानेन दीपेन श्री-मूर्तेर् मूर्ध्नि वैष्णवः । नीराजनꣳ इहेच्छन्ति महा-नीराजने यथा

kecic cānena dīpena śrī-mūrter mūrdhni vaiṣṇavaḥ | nīrājanaṁ ihecchanti mahā-nīrājane yathā

English translation

Some Vaisnavas, during a grand arati ceremony, desire to worship the Lord by offering a ghee lamp to His head and then His body.

HBV 8.57–58

Source

तथा च रामार्चन-चन्द्रिकायाꣳ धूपानन्तरꣳ दीप-प्रसङ्गे— आरात्रिकꣳ तु विषम-बहु-वर्ति-समन्वितम् । अभ्यर्च्य रामचन्द्राय वाम-मध्यम् अथार्पयेत् नमो दीपेश्वरायेति दद्यात् पुष्पाञ्जलिꣳ ततः । अवधूप्याभ्यर्च्य वाद्यैर् मूर्ध्नि नीराजयेत् प्रभुम् इति ।

tathā ca rāmārcana-candrikāyāṁ dhūpānantaraṁ dīpa-prasaṅge— ārātrikaṁ tu viṣama-bahu-varti-samanvitam | abhyarcya rāmacandrāya vāma-madhyam athārpayet namo dīpeśvarāyeti dadyāt puṣpāñjaliṁ tataḥ | avadhūpyābhyarcya vādyair mūrdhni nīrājayet prabhum iti |

English translation

described in the book Ramdrcana'candrikd as follows) drdtrikarh tu visama- bahu-vartti-samanvitam abhyarcya rdmacandrdya vdma-madhyam athdrpayet

202 SRJ HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA namo dipesvardyeti daddydt puspdnjalirh tatah avadhupyddhyarccya vddair murdhni nlrdjayet prabhurh After worshiping the dipa, which may have one flame or many flames, with flowers and other offerings, one should offer it to Lord Ramacandra. This should be followed by offering some flowers to the Lord while chanting, dvipesvaraya namah. One should offer the lamp to the Lord, especially to His head, while ringing a bell.

HBV 8.59

Source

अत एवेष्यते तस्य कराभ्याꣳ वन्दनꣳ च तैः । नाम चारात्रिकेत्य् आदि वर्त्यो’पि बहुलाः समाः

ata eveṣyate tasya karābhyāṁ vandanaṁ ca taiḥ | nāma cārātrikety ādi vartyo’pi bahulāḥ samāḥ

English translation

Therefore, Vaisnavas who are attached to the worship of Lord Rama recite prayers while joining their palms and offering a lamp having one or many ghee wicks, of an odd number.

HBV 8.60

Source

प्रसङ्गाल् लिख्यते’त्रैव श्रीमद्-भगवद्-आलये । दीप-दानस्य माहात्म्यꣳ कार्त्तिकीयꣳ च तद् विना

prasaṅgāl likhyate’traiva śrīmad-bhagavad-ālaye | dīpa-dānasya māhātmyaṁ kārttikīyaṁ ca tad vinā

English translation

At present, we are describing the glories of offering dipa to the Lord in general, and not specifically about offering lamps to the Lord during the month of Karttika.

HBV 8.61

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे प्रथम-काण्डे [१.१६६.१७फ़्फ़्, मिxएद् उप्]— दीप-दानात् परꣳ दानꣳ न भूतꣳ न भविष्यति । केशवायतने कृत्वा दीप-वृक्षा-मनोहरम् । अतीव भ्राजते लक्ष्म्या दिवम् आसाद्य सर्वतः

viṣṇu-dharmottare prathama-kāṇḍe [1.166.17ff, mixed up]— dīpa-dānāt paraṁ dānaṁ na bhūtaṁ na bhaviṣyati | keśavāyatane kṛtvā dīpa-vṛkṣā-manoharam | atīva bhrājate lakṣmyā divam āsādya sarvataḥ

English translation

There has neither been any greater offering nor will there ever be any greater offering than dipa to the Lord. One who offers one or more dipas in the temple of Lord Kesava goes to reside in the heavenly planets and enjoy life there.

HBV 8.62

Source

दीप-मालाꣳ प्रयच्छन्ति ये नराः शार्ङ्गिणो गृहे । भवन्ति ते चन्द्र-समाः स्वर्गम् आसाद्य मानवाः

dīpa-mālāṁ prayacchanti ye narāḥ śārṅgiṇo gṛhe | bhavanti te candra-samāḥ svargam āsādya mānavāḥ

English translation

Those who offer a garland of dipas in the temple room of Lord Hari will go to reside in the abode of the demigods and receive honor, like the moon- god.

HBV 8.63

Source

दीपागारꣳ नरः कृत्वा कूतागार-निभꣳ शुभम् । केशवालयम् आसाद्य लोके भाति स शक्रवत्

dīpāgāraṁ naraḥ kṛtvā kūtāgāra-nibhaṁ śubham | keśavālayam āsādya loke bhāti sa śakravat

English translation

One who goes to a temple of Lord Kesava and illuminates it by offering dipas acquires the prowess of Indra in this very life.

HBV 8.64–67

Source

यथोज्ज्वलो भवेद् दीपः सम्प्रदातापि यादव । तथा नित्योज्ज्वलो लोके नाकपृष्ठे विराजते स-दीपे च यथा देसे चक्षूꣳसि फलवन्ति च । तथा दीपस्य दतरो भवन्ति स-फलेक्षनः एकादश्याꣳ च द्वादश्याꣳ प्रति-पक्षꣳ तु यो नरः । दीपꣳ ददाति कृष्णाय तस्य पुण्य-फलꣳ शृणु सुवर्ण-मणि-मुक्ताढ्यम् मनोज्ञम् अति-सुन्दरम् । दीप-माला-कुलꣳ दिव्यꣳ विमानम् अधिरोहति

yathojjvalo bhaved dīpaḥ sampradātāpi yādava | tathā nityojjvalo loke nākapṛṣṭhe virājate sa-dīpe ca yathā dese cakṣūṁsi phalavanti ca | tathā dīpasya dataro bhavanti sa-phalekṣanaḥ ekādaśyāṁ ca dvādaśyāṁ prati-pakṣaṁ tu yo naraḥ | dīpaṁ dadāti kṛṣṇāya tasya puṇya-phalaṁ śṛṇu suvarṇa-maṇi-muktāḍhyam manojñam ati-sundaram | dīpa-mālā-kulaṁ divyaṁ vimānam adhirohati

English translation

204 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA ekddasyarh ca dvddasydrh prati-paksarh tu yo narah diparh daddti krsndya tasya punya-phalam srnu suvarna-mani-muktddhyarh manojnam ati-sundaram dipa-mdldkulam divyam vimdnam adhirohati O Yadava, as dipa shines brightly, the person who offers dlpa also receives a brightly shining form and enjoys life in the abode of the demigods. Such a person becomes successful in life, just as one's eyes feel comfortable in an illuminated place. Now, hear about the piety of one who offers dipa to Lord Krsna on Ekadasi and Dvadasi during either the waxing or waning moon. Such a person becomes qualified to board a celestial airplane decorated with many lamps made of jewels, gold, and pearls.

HBV 8.68–69

Source

पद्म-सुत्रोद्भवꣳ वर्त्ति गन्ध-तैलेन दीपकान् । विरोगः सुभगश् चैव दत्त्वा भवति मानवः दीप-दनꣳ महा-पुण्यम् अन्य-देवेष्व् अपि ध्रुवम् । किꣳ पुनर् वासुदेवस्यानन्तस्य तु महात्मनः

padma-sutrodbhavaṁ vartti gandha-tailena dīpakān | virogaḥ subhagaś caiva dattvā bhavati mānavaḥ dīpa-danaṁ mahā-puṇyam anya-deveṣv api dhruvam | kiṁ punar vāsudevasyānantasya tu mahātmanaḥ

English translation

One who offers dipa with wicks made from a lotus stem and soaked in fragrant oil becomes relieved from all diseases and attains good fortune. When offering dipa to the demigods yields so much piety, where is the doubt that one will achieve even greater piety by offering dlpa to the unlimited Lord Vasudeva?

HBV 8.70

Source

तत्रैव तृतीय-खण्डे— दीपꣳ चक्षुः-प्रदꣳ दद्यात् तथैवोर्ध्व-गति-प्रदम् । ऊर्ध्वꣳ यथा दीप-शिखा दाता चोर्ध्व-गतिस् तथा

tatraiva tṛtīya-khaṇḍe— dīpaṁ cakṣuḥ-pradaṁ dadyāt tathaivordhva-gati-pradam | ūrdhvaṁ yathā dīpa-śikhā dātā cordhva-gatis tathā

English translation

Lamps give us vision and upliftment. The more a devotee offers lamps to the Lord, the more he makes advancement.

HBV 8.71

Source

यावद् अक्षि-निमेषाणि दीपो देवालये ज्वलेत् । तावद् वर्ष-सहस्राणि नाक-पृष्ठे महीयते

yāvad akṣi-nimeṣāṇi dīpo devālaye jvalet | tāvad varṣa-sahasrāṇi nāka-pṛṣṭhe mahīyate

English translation

A worshiper who offers a lamp to the lord will be honored in Vaikuntha for as many thousands of years as he blinks his eyes while offering the lamp.

HBV 8.72

Source

ब्र्हन्-नारदीये वितिहोत्रꣳ प्रति यज्ञध्वजस्य पूर्व-जन्म-वृत्त-कथने— प्रदीपः स्थापितस् तत्र सुरतार्थꣳ द्विजोत्तम । तेनापि मम दुष्कर्म निह्शेषꣳ क्षयम् अगतम्

brhan-nāradīye vitihotraṁ prati yajñadhvajasya pūrva-janma-vṛtta-kathane— pradīpaḥ sthāpitas tatra suratārthaṁ dvijottama | tenāpi mama duṣkarma nihśeṣaṁ kṣayam agatam

English translation

the following statement is found in the Brhan-ndradiya Purana) pradlpah sthdpitas tatra suratdrtharh dvijottama tendpi mama duskarma nihsesam ksayam dgatam O noble brahmana, the fact is, 1 lit a ghee lamp in the temple of Lord Hari for the purpose of fulfilling my lusty desires and yet, as a result, all of my sinful reactions became immediately exhausted.

HBV 8.73

Source

विष्णु-धर्मे च— विलीयते स्व-हस्ते तु स्व-तन्त्रे सति दीपकः । महा-फलो विष्णु-गृहे न दत्तो नरकाय सः

viṣṇu-dharme ca— vilīyate sva-haste tu sva-tantre sati dīpakaḥ | mahā-phalo viṣṇu-gṛhe na datto narakāya saḥ

English translation

206 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA mahd-phalo visnu-grhe na datto narakdya sah Even if a lamp is extinguished while being offered to the Lord, the worshiper attains great fortune. Indeed, such an offering checks the degradation of the worshiper.

HBV 8.74–75

Source

नारदीये मोहिनीꣳ प्रति श्री-रुक्माङ्गदोक्तौ— तिष्ठन्तु बहु-वित्तानि दानार्थꣳ वर-वर्णिनि । हृदयायास-कर्तृणि दीप-दानाद् दिवꣳ व्रजेत् तस्याप्य् अभावे सुभगे पर-दीप-प्रबोधनम् । कर्तव्यꣳ भक्ति-भावेन सर्व-दानाधिकश् च यत् इति ।

nāradīye mohinīṁ prati śrī-rukmāṅgadoktau— tiṣṭhantu bahu-vittāni dānārthaṁ vara-varṇini | hṛdayāyāsa-kartṛṇi dīpa-dānād divaṁ vrajet tasyāpy abhāve subhage para-dīpa-prabodhanam | kartavyaṁ bhakti-bhāvena sarva-dānādhikaś ca yat iti |

English translation

Rukmarigada and Mohini that is recorded in the Narada Purana) tisthantu bahu-vittdni ddndrtharh vara-varnini hrdaydydsakrt turni dipa-ddndd divarh vrajet tasydpy abhdve iubhage para-dlpa-prabodhanam kartavyam bhakti-bhdvena sarva-ddnddhikas ca yat. iti. O enchanting lady, charity causes the exhaustion of wealth and so it is troublesome to the heart of the donor. You need not perform such an activity. Simply by offering dipa, one can ascend to heaven. O fortunate one, if one does not have dipa, he can offer someone else's dipa with devotion because such an offering is better than all types of charity.

HBV 8.76

Source

सद कल-विशेषे’पि भक्त्या भगवद्-आलये । महा-दीप-प्रदानस्य महिमाप्य् अत्र लिख्याते

sada kala-viśeṣe’pi bhaktyā bhagavad-ālaye | mahā-dīpa-pradānasya mahimāpy atra likhyāte

English translation

The glories of offering a large dipa every day, and especially on the new moon day, in the temple of the Supreme Lord, are now being described.

HBV 8.77–80

Source

अथ महऽद्ल्प-महत्म्यर्ह् (थे ग्लोरिएस् ओफ़् ओफ़्फ़ेरिन्ग् न्wहदिप) विस्नुऽधर्मोत्तरे प्रथम-खन्दे मह्द्-वर्त्तिह् सद्द् देय्द् भुमि-प्द्ल मह्द्-फल्द् क्र्स्न-पक्से विसेसेन तत्र्द्पि स विसेसतह् अम्द्वस्य्द् च निर्दिस्त्द् द्वदसि च मह्द्-फल्द् अस्व-युज्यम् अत्ल्त्द्य्द्म् क्र्स्न-पक्सस् च यो भवेत् अम्द्वस्य्द् तद्द् पुन्य् अ द्वदसि च विसेसतह् देवस्य दक्सिने प्द्र्स्वे देय्द् तैल-तुल्द् न्र्प पल्द्स्तक-युतम् र्द्जन् वर्त्ति तत्र च दिपयेत् वसस्द् तु समग्रेन सोपव्द्सो जितेन्द्रियह्

atha maha'dlpa-mahatmyarh (The glories of offering nwhadipa) visnu'dharmottare prathama-khande mahd-varttih sadd deyd bhumi-pdla mahd-phald krsna-pakse visesena tatrdpi sa visesatah amdvasyd ca nirdistd dvadasi ca mahd-phald asva-yujyam atltdydm krsna-paksas ca yo bhavet amdvasyd tadd puny a dvadasi ca visesatah devasya daksine pdrsve deyd taila-tuld nrpa paldstaka-yutam rdjan vartti tatra ca dipayet vasasd tu samagrena sopavdso jitendriyah

English translation

O King, one should always offer a big ghee lamp to the Lord. On Dvadasi and the new moon day during the fortnight of the waning moon, such an offering awards one even greater merit. O King, on the Dvadasi of the waning moon and on the new moon day in the month of Asvin, one should offer a lamp having one hundred and eight wicks made of fresh, clean cotton and containing one hundred and eight palas of pure oil. Along with this offering, one should observe a fast and carefully control his senses.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 8.81–85

Source

महावर्त्ति-द्वयम् इदꣳ सकृद् दत्त्वा महामते । स्वर्-लोकꣳ सु-चिरꣳ भुक्त्वा जायते भू-तले यदा तदा भवति लक्ष्मीवान् जय-द्रविण-सम्युतः । राष्ट्रे च जायते स्वस्मिन् देशे च नगरे तथा कुले च राज-शार्दूल तत्र स्याद् दीपवत्-प्रभः । प्रत्युज्ज्वलश् च भवति युद्धेषु कलहेषु च ख्यातिꣳ याति तथा लोके सद्-गुणानाꣳ च सद्-गुणैः । एकम् अप्य् अथ यो दद्याद् अभीष्टतमयोर् द्वयोः मनुष्ये सर्वम् आप्नोति यद् उक्तꣳ ते महानघ । स्वर्गे तथात्वम् आप्नोति भोग-काले तु यादव

mahāvartti-dvayam idaṁ sakṛd dattvā mahāmate | svar-lokaṁ su-ciraṁ bhuktvā jāyate bhū-tale yadā tadā bhavati lakṣmīvān jaya-draviṇa-samyutaḥ | rāṣṭre ca jāyate svasmin deśe ca nagare tathā kule ca rāja-śārdūla tatra syād dīpavat-prabhaḥ | pratyujjvalaś ca bhavati yuddheṣu kalaheṣu ca khyātiṁ yāti tathā loke sad-guṇānāṁ ca sad-guṇaiḥ | ekam apy atha yo dadyād abhīṣṭatamayor dvayoḥ manuṣye sarvam āpnoti yad uktaṁ te mahānagha | svarge tathātvam āpnoti bhoga-kāle tu yādava

English translation

208 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA rastre ca jayate svasmin dese ca nagare tathd kule ca rdja-sardula tatra sydt dipavat-prabhah pratyujjvalas ca bhavati yuddhesu kalahesu ca khydtirh ydti tathd loke sad-gundndm ca sad-gunaih ekam apy atha yo dadydd abhistatamayor dvayoh mdnusye sarvam dpnoti yad uktarh te mahdnagha svarge tathdtvam dpnoti bhoga-kdle tu yadava O broad-minded one, a devotee who offers two large dipas to Lord Hari, as previously described, even once, becomes qualified to enjoy life in heaven for a long time and when he returns to this world, he is born as one who is rich, influential, and victorious. O foremost of kings, such a devotee continues to shine brightly in his kingdom, country, city, and family, just like the lamp that he offered to the Lord. In battle, he always comes out victorious. He possesses all good qualities, like an exalted personality. O Yadava! O sinless one! Such an exalted position is achieved by a devotee, even if he offers only one large dipa to Lord Hari. He enjoys heavenly pleasure and opulence before once again being born in human society.

HBV 8.86

Source

समान्यस्य तु दीपस्य राजन् दानꣳ महाफलम् । किꣳ पुनर् महतो दीपस्यात्रेयत्त न विद्यते

samānyasya tu dīpasya rājan dānaṁ mahāphalam | kiṁ punar mahato dīpasyātreyatta na vidyate

English translation

O King, it is very difficult to estimate the extent of the merit one receives. by offering a large dipa because the offering of an ordinary dipa awards such great benefit.

E l G H t H VlLASA 209

HBV 8.87

Source

शोणꣳ वादरकꣳ वस्त्रꣳ जीर्णꣳ मलिनम् एव च । उपभुक्तꣳ न वा दद्यात् वर्त्तिकार्थꣳ कदाचन इति ।

śoṇaṁ vādarakaṁ vastraṁ jīrṇaṁ malinam eva ca | upabhuktaṁ na vā dadyāt varttikārthaṁ kadācana iti |

English translation

One should never offer to the Lord a lamp with ghee wicks made from old, torn, or used cotton cloth, especially if it is red.

HBV 8.88

Source

स्वयम् अन्येन वा दत्तꣳ दीपान् न श्री-हरेर् हरेत् । निर्वापयेन् न हिꣳसाच् च शुभꣳ इच्छन् कदाचन

svayam anyena vā dattaṁ dīpān na śrī-harer haret | nirvāpayen na hiṁsāc ca śubhaṁ icchan kadācana

English translation

One who wishes his own welfare should not extinguish a lamp that he has offered to the Lord, nor should he take it to another place, or let it become extinguished due to a lack of ghee or oil. He should also not allow anyone else do these things.

HBV 8.89–90

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे प्रथम-खण्डे— दत्त्वा दीपो न हर्तव्यस् तेन कर्म विजानता । निर्वापनꣳ च दीपस्य हिꣳसनꣳ च विगर्हितम् यः कुर्याद् धिꣳसनꣳ तेन कर्मणा पुष्पितेक्षणः । दीप-हर्ता भवेद् अन्धः कणो निर्वाण-कृद् भवेत्

viṣṇu-dharmottare prathama-khaṇḍe— dattvā dīpo na hartavyas tena karma vijānatā | nirvāpanaṁ ca dīpasya hiṁsanaṁ ca vigarhitam yaḥ kuryād dhiṁsanaṁ tena karmaṇā puṣpitekṣaṇaḥ | dīpa-hartā bhaved andhaḥ kaṇo nirvāṇa-kṛd bhavet

English translation

It is grave sin to remove a burning ghee lamp after offering it to the Deities. To extinguish a dipa and to commit violence are both sinful. Those - - -• " : v, , - , . .

210 SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA who allow a lamp to go out due to a lack of ghee or oil will suffer from cataracts. One who steals a dipa will become blind, and one who puts it out rather than letting it burn out on its own will also become blind.

HBV 8.91–92

Source

विष्णु-धर्मे च नारकान् प्रति श्री-धर्मराजोक्तौ— युष्माभिर् यौवनोन्मादम् उदितैर् अविवेकिभिः । द्युतोद्योतय गोविन्द-गेहाद् दीपः पुरा हृतः तेनाद्य नरके घोरे क्षुत्-तृष्णा-परिपीडिताः । भवन्ति पतितास् तीव्रे शीत-वात-विदारिताः

viṣṇu-dharme ca nārakān prati śrī-dharmarājoktau— yuṣmābhir yauvanonmādam uditair avivekibhiḥ | dyutodyotaya govinda-gehād dīpaḥ purā hṛtaḥ tenādya narake ghore kṣut-tṛṣṇā-paripīḍitāḥ | bhavanti patitās tīvre śīta-vāta-vidāritāḥ

English translation

residents of hell is found in the Visnu-dharmottara) yusmabhir yauvanonmadarh uditair avivekibhih dyutodyotdya govinda- gehdd dipah. purd hrtah tenddya narake ghore ksut-trsna-pariplditah bhavanti patitds tivre slta-vdta-viddritdh Being intoxicated by the pride of youthfulness, you had previously taken a lamp from the temple of Lord Govinda and used it so that you could enjoy playing chess. Obviously, you had lost all good sense. That is why you are now suffering from hunger, thirst, and freezing cold, having fallen into a hellish condition of life.

HBV 8.93

Source

तत्रैव श्री-पुलस्त्योक्तौ च— तस्माद् आयातने विष्णोर् दद्याद् दीपान् द्विजोत्तम । ताम्श् च दत्त्वा न हिꣳसेत न च तैल-वियोजितान्

tatraiva śrī-pulastyoktau ca— tasmād āyātane viṣṇor dadyād dīpān dvijottama | tāmś ca dattvā na hiṁseta na ca taila-viyojitān

English translation

O foremost brahmana, you should always offer dlpa in the temple of Lord Visnu and never put it out or let it go out by itself, due to a lack of oil.

HBV 8.94

Source

कुर्वीत दीप-हन्ता च मूको’न्धो जायते मृतः । अन्धे तमसि दुष्परे नरके पच्यते किल

kurvīta dīpa-hantā ca mūko’ndho jāyate mṛtaḥ | andhe tamasi duṣpare narake pacyate kila

English translation

One who puts out a burning lamp that was offered to the Lord becomes dumb and blind in this life and at the end of his life, he goes to the darkest regions of hell. There is no doubt about this.

HBV 8.95

Source

कालिका-पुराणे— दीप-वृक्षश् च कर्तव्यस् तैजासाद्यैश् च भैरव । वृक्षेषु दीपो दातव्यो न तु भूमौ कदाचन

kālikā-purāṇe— dīpa-vṛkṣaś ca kartavyas taijāsādyaiś ca bhairava | vṛkṣeṣu dīpo dātavyo na tu bhūmau kadācana

English translation

kahka-purdne (In the Ktflika Purana it is stated) dlpa-vrksas ca kartavyas taijasddyais ca bhairava vrksesu dlpo ddtavyo na tu bhumau kaddcana O Bhairava, you should have a stand made from metal, or some other suitable material, and keep the lamp placed upon it. Never put the lamp on the bare floor.

HBV 8.96

Source

दत्त्वा पुष्पाञ्जलिꣳ पीठꣳ पद्यम् आचमनꣳ तथा । कृत्वा पात्रेषु कृष्णायार्पयेद् भोज्यꣳ यथा-विधि

dattvā puṣpāñjaliṁ pīṭhaṁ padyam ācamanaṁ tathā | kṛtvā pātreṣu kṛṣṇāyārpayed bhojyaṁ yathā-vidhi

English translation

After offering flowers, a sitting place, pddya, and dcamaniya to the Lord, one should offer palatable food, following the prescribed rules and regulations. (In this connection, one should also offer some water to the Lord for washing His hands, while chanting, amrto pastaranarh asi svdhd.)

HBV 8.97–99

Source

अस्त्रꣳ जप्त्वाम्बुना प्रोक्ष्य नैवेद्यꣳ चक्र-मुद्रया । सꣳरक्ष्य प्रोक्षयेद् वायु-बीज-जप्त-जलेन च तेन सꣳशोष्य तद्-दोषम् अग्नि-बीजꣳ च दक्षिणे । ध्यात्वा कर-तले’न्यत् तत् पृष्ठे सꣳयोज्य दर्श्यते तद्-उत्थ-वह्निना तस्य शुष्क-दोषꣳ हृदा दहेत् । ततः कर-तले सव्ये’मृत-बीजꣳ विचिन्तयेत्

astraṁ japtvāmbunā prokṣya naivedyaṁ cakra-mudrayā | saṁrakṣya prokṣayed vāyu-bīja-japta-jalena ca tena saṁśoṣya tad-doṣam agni-bījaṁ ca dakṣiṇe | dhyātvā kara-tale’nyat tat pṛṣṭhe saṁyojya darśyate tad-uttha-vahninā tasya śuṣka-doṣaṁ hṛdā dahet | tataḥ kara-tale savye’mṛta-bījaṁ vicintayet

English translation

212 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA dhydtvd kara-tale 'nyat tat prsthe samyojya darsyate tad-uttha-vahnind tasya suska-dosam hrdd dahet tatah kara-tale savye amrta-bijarh vicintayet First, one should sprinkle some purified water on the food while chanting, astryaya phat and protect it by displaying the cakra-mudra over it. Then, one should sprinkle a few more drops of water on the food after purifying the water by chanting, yarn, twelve times. Next, one should chant, rarh, while displaying the mudra by holding the right palm on top of the left palm. While doing this, one should think that all of the food has become completely purified of all contamination, with the help of fire. After this, one should chant the amrta-bija mantra, tharh.

HBV 8.100–101

Source

तत्-पृष्ठे दक्षिणꣳ पनि-तलꣳ सꣳयोज्य दर्शयेत् । तद्-उत्थया निवेद्यꣳ तत् सिचेद् अमृत-धारया जलेन मूल-जप्तेन प्रोक्ष्य तच् चामृतात्मकम् । सर्वꣳ विचिन्त्य सꣳस्पृश्य मूलꣳ वाराष्टकꣳ जपेत्

tat-pṛṣṭhe dakṣiṇaṁ pani-talaṁ saṁyojya darśayet | tad-utthayā nivedyaṁ tat siced amṛta-dhārayā jalena mūla-japtena prokṣya tac cāmṛtātmakam | sarvaṁ vicintya saṁspṛśya mūlaṁ vārāṣṭakaṁ japet

English translation

Thereafter, one should display the mudra by holding his left palm upside down, below his right palm, while thinking that the food is being showered with nectar. Then, one should purify the food by sprinkling a few drops of purified water on it while chanting the mida mantra and considering the entire offering to be nectarean. After this, one should touch the offering plate and chant the mala mantra eight times.

HBV 8.102–104

Source

अमृती-कृत्य तद् धेनु-मुद्रया सलिलादिभिः । तच् च कृष्णꣳ च सम्पूज्य गृहित्वा कुसुमाञ्जलिम् श्री-कृष्णꣳ प्रार्थ्य तद्-वक्त्रात् तेजो ध्यात्वा विनिर्गतम् । सꣳयोज्य च निवेद्यैतत् पत्रꣳ वामेन सꣳस्पृशन् दक्षेण पाणिनादाय गन्ध-पुष्पान्वितꣳ जलम् । स्वाहान्तꣳ मूलम् उच्चार्य तज्-जलꣳ विसृजेद् भुवि

amṛtī-kṛtya tad dhenu-mudrayā salilādibhiḥ | tac ca kṛṣṇaṁ ca sampūjya gṛhitvā kusumāñjalim śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ prārthya tad-vaktrāt tejo dhyātvā vinirgatam | saṁyojya ca nivedyaitat patraṁ vāmena saṁspṛśan dakṣeṇa pāṇinādāya gandha-puṣpānvitaṁ jalam | svāhāntaṁ mūlam uccārya taj-jalaṁ visṛjed bhuvi

English translation

Thereafter, one should display the dhenu-mndra and think that the food has become complete and perfect. He should then worship that food, along with Lord Krsna, with offerings of water and sandalwood. This should be followed by an offering of flowers to the Lord while requesting Him, "O Krsna, let fire emanate from Your lotus mouth to accept this offering." One should think that this is actually happening. After that, one should take a small quantity of water mixed with sandalwood paste, along with some flowers, in his right palm, while holding the offering plate with his left hand and then throw the water onto the ground while chanting the miila mantra, ending with the word, svahd. He should also chant, sri krsndya idarh naivedyarh kalpaydmi.

HBV 8.105

Source

तत् पाणिभ्याꣳ समुत्थाय निवेद्यꣳ तुलसी-युतम् । पत्राढ्यꣳ तस्य मन्त्रेण भक्त्या भागवते’र्पयेत्

tat pāṇibhyāṁ samutthāya nivedyaṁ tulasī-yutam | patrāḍhyaṁ tasya mantreṇa bhaktyā bhāgavate’rpayet

English translation

Next, one should place tulasi leaves on top of each of the preparations that are on the plate, and then pick up the plate with two hands-and hold it before the Lord. One should offer the food to the Lord while chanting the offering mantra, with love and devotion.

HBV 8.106–107

Source

निवेदन-मन्त्रश् चयꣳ— निवेदयमि भवते जुसनेदꣳ हविर् हरे इति । अमृतोपस्तरनम् असि स्वाहेत्य् उच्चारयन् हरेः । दत्त्वाथ विधिवद् वारि-गण्डूषꣳ वाम-पाणिना । दर्शयेद् ग्रास-मुद्राꣳ तु प्रफुल्लोत्पल-सन्निभम्

nivedana-mantraś cayaṁ— nivedayami bhavate jusanedaṁ havir hare iti | amṛtopastaranam asi svāhety uccārayan hareḥ | dattvātha vidhivad vāri-gaṇḍūṣaṁ vāma-pāṇinā | darśayed grāsa-mudrāṁ tu praphullotpala-sannibham

English translation

214 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA / / amrtopdstaranam asi svdhety uccdrayan hareh dattvdtha vidhivad vari- gandusarh vdma-pdnind darsayed grdsa-mudrdm tu praphullotpala-sannibham Nivedaydmi bhavate jusdnedarh habirhare. I am offering this food to You and so, kindly accept it. After chanting this mantra, one should offer a little water to the Lord with his left hand while chanting, amrtopastaranam asi svdhd. One should display the grdsa-mudrd by displaying his two palms, like a fully blossomed lotus flower.

HBV 8.108

Source

प्राणादि-मुद्रा-हस्तेन दक्षिणेन तु दर्शयेत् । मन्त्रैश् चतुर्थी-स्वाहान्तैस् ताराद्यैस् तत्-तद्-आह्वयैः

prāṇādi-mudrā-hastena dakṣiṇena tu darśayet | mantraiś caturthī-svāhāntais tārādyais tat-tad-āhvayaiḥ

English translation

Then, with his right hand, one should display the five prdnddi'mudrds while pronouncing each word in the fourth dative case, ending with svdhd. For example, prdndya svdhd, apdndya svdhd, and so on. (When one places the tips of the little finger, ring finger, and thumb together, that is called the prdna'mudra. When one places the tips of the index finger, middle finger, and thumb together, that is called the apdna- mudra. When one places the tips of the ring finger, middle finger and thumb together, that is called the vyana-mudrd. When one places the tips of the ring finger, middle finger, index finger, and thumb together, that is called the uddna-mudrd. When one places the tips of all five fingers together, that is called the samdna-mudrd.)

HBV 8.109

Source

ततः स्पृशम्श् च करयोर् अङ्गुष्ठाभ्याम् अनामिके । प्रदर्शयेन् निवेद्यस्य मुद्राꣳ तस्य मनुꣳ जपन्

tataḥ spṛśamś ca karayor aṅguṣṭhābhyām anāmike | pradarśayen nivedyasya mudrāṁ tasya manuṁ japan

English translation

After doing this, one should display the nivedya-mudrd by touching the tips of all the fingers of both hands together.

(When the tips of all five fingers are brought together and held upwards, that is known as the nivedya-mudrd. Also, by touching the thumbs of both -hands with the tips of the ring fingers, one can form the nivedya-mudra.

HBV 8.110

Source

मन्त्रश् चायꣳ क्रम-दीपिकायाम् [४.६२] -- नन्दजो’म्बुमनु-बिन्दु-युङ् नतिः पार्श्व-रा-मरुद्-अवात्मने नि च । रुद्ध-ङे-युत-निवेद्यम् आत्म-भूर् मास-पार्श्वम् अनिलस् तथा’मि-युक्

mantraś cāyaṁ krama-dīpikāyām [4.62] -- nandajo’mbumanu-bindu-yuṅ natiḥ pārśva-rā-marud-avātmane ni ca | ruddha-ṅe-yuta-nivedyam ātma-bhūr māsa-pārśvam anilas tathā’mi-yuk

English translation

is described in the Krama-dipikd as follows) nandajo 'mbu-manu-bindu-yug natih pdrsva-ra-marud-avdtmane ni ca ruddha-de-yuta~nivedyam dtma-bhu-masa- pdrsvam anila-sthami-yug id While displaying the nivedya-mudrd, the following mantra should be chanted, thaum namah pardya avdtmane niruddhdya nivedyam kalpamlti

HBV 8.111–112

Source

निवेद्यस्य मनुत्वेन स्वाभीष्टꣳ मनुम् एव ते । एकान्तिनो जपन्तस् तु ग्रास-मुद्राꣳ वितन्वते न च ध्यायन्ते ते कृष्ण-वक्त्रात् तेजो-विनिर्गमम् । मञ्जुल-व्यवहारेण भोजयन्ति हरिꣳ मुदा

nivedyasya manutvena svābhīṣṭaṁ manum eva te | ekāntino japantas tu grāsa-mudrāṁ vitanvate na ca dhyāyante te kṛṣṇa-vaktrāt tejo-vinirgamam | mañjula-vyavahāreṇa bhojayanti hariṁ mudā

English translation

The devotees of the Lord chant their worshipable gdyatri'mantra as the nivedya-mantra, and they display the grdsa-mudrd. They do not like to think that fire is emanating from the Lord's mouth to accept the food offering. Instead, they take great pleasure in feeding the Lord as a humble devotee feeding his master.

HBV 8.113

Source

अन्यत्र च– शाली-भक्तꣳ सु-भक्तꣳ शिशिर-कर-सितꣳ पायसꣳ पूप-सूपम् लेह्यꣳ पेयꣳ सु-चूष्यꣳ सितम् अमृत-फलꣳ घारिकाद्यꣳ सुखाद्यम् । आज्यꣳ प्राज्यꣳ समिज्यꣳ नयन-रुचि-करꣳ वाजिकैल-मरीच- स्वादियः शाकराजि-परिकरम् अमृताहार-जोषꣳ जुषस्व

anyatra ca– śālī-bhaktaṁ su-bhaktaṁ śiśira-kara-sitaṁ pāyasaṁ pūpa-sūpam lehyaṁ peyaṁ su-cūṣyaṁ sitam amṛta-phalaṁ ghārikādyaṁ sukhādyam | ājyaṁ prājyaṁ samijyaṁ nayana-ruci-karaṁ vājikaila-marīca- svādiyaḥ śākarāji-parikaram amṛtāhāra-joṣaṁ juṣasva

English translation

216 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA 0 my Lord, please be happy to relish this nectarean food that I am offering to You. Here is the best quality white rice, sweet rice, milk cake, soup, chutney, drink, and fresh fruit, along with many varieties of fried rice, spinach, and other vegetable preparations made with ghee, cardamom, black pepper, and other ingredients.

HBV 8.114

Source

किꣳ च—गरुड-पुराणे— नैवेद्यꣳ परया भक्त्या घण्टाद्यैर् जय-निस्वनैः । नीराजनैश् च हरये दद्याद् दीपासनꣳ बुधः

kiṁ ca—garuḍa-purāṇe— naivedyaṁ parayā bhaktyā ghaṇṭādyair jaya-nisvanaiḥ | nīrājanaiś ca haraye dadyād dīpāsanaṁ budhaḥ

English translation

A devotee who is aware of the proper etiquette should ring the bell and glorify the Lord while offering food to Him with love and devotion. He should make sure that the Lord's sitting place remains and that the ghee lamp keeps burning until the prescribed time for offering is over.

HBV 8.115

Source

स्कान्दे श्री-ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे— नैवेद्य-पात्रꣳ वक्ष्यामि केशवस्य महात्मनः । हैरण्यꣳ रजतꣳ ताम्रꣳ कꣳस्यꣳ मृन्-मयम् एव च । पलाशꣳ पद्म-पत्रꣳ च पात्रꣳ विष्णोर् अति-प्रियम्

skānde śrī-brahma-nārada-saṁvāde— naivedya-pātraṁ vakṣyāmi keśavasya mahātmanaḥ | hairaṇyaṁ rajataṁ tāmraṁ kaṁsyaṁ mṛn-mayam eva ca | palāśaṁ padma-patraṁ ca pātraṁ viṣṇor ati-priyam

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purquyn it is stated) naivedya-patram vaksydmi kesavasya mahdtm,anah hairanyarh rdjatam tdmrarh karhsyarh mrn-mayam eva ca pdlasarh padma-patrarh ca pdtrarh visnor ati-priyam 1 will now describe the plates used for offering food to Lord Kesava, who is most magnanimous. Golden plates, silver plates, copper plates, and bell metal plates, as well as plates made of clay, lotus leaves, and palasa leaves are very dear to Lord Visnu.

HBV 8.116

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— पत्राणाꣳ तु प्रदानेन नरकꣳ च न गच्छति

viṣṇu-dharmottare— patrāṇāṁ tu pradānena narakaṁ ca na gacchati

English translation

These who offer plates to Lord Hari will not have to traverse the path to hell.

HBV 8.117

Source

देवी-पुराणे— षट्-त्रिꣳशद्-अङ्गुलꣳ पात्रम् उत्तमꣳ परिकीर्तितम् । मध्यमꣳ च त्रिभागोनꣳ कन्यसꣳ द्वादशाङ्गुलम् । वस्व्-अङ्गुल-विहीनꣳ तु न पात्रꣳ कारयेत् क्वचित्

devī-purāṇe— ṣaṭ-triṁśad-aṅgulaṁ pātram uttamaṁ parikīrtitam | madhyamaṁ ca tribhāgonaṁ kanyasaṁ dvādaśāṅgulam | vasv-aṅgula-vihīnaṁ tu na pātraṁ kārayet kvacit

English translation

devi-purdne (In the Devi Purana it is stated) sat-trirhsad-angularh pdtrarh uttamarh pariklrtitam madhyamarh ca tribhdgonarh kanyasam dvddasdngularh vasv-angula-vihlnarh tu na pdtrarh kdrayet kvacit A plate that is about thirty-six inches in diameter is considered to be best. A plate that is about twenty-four inches in diameter is considered average. One should never use a plate whose diameter is less than eight inches.

HBV 8.118

Source

एकादश-स्कन्दे (११.२७.३४)— गुड-पायस-सर्पीꣳषि सष्कुल्यापूप-मोदकान् । सꣳयाव-दधि-सूपाम्श् च नैवेद्यꣳ सति कल्पयेत्

ekādaśa-skande (11.27.34)— guḍa-pāyasa-sarpīṁṣi saṣkulyāpūpa-modakān | saṁyāva-dadhi-sūpāmś ca naivedyaṁ sati kalpayet

English translation

Within his means, the devotee should arrange to offer Me sugar candy, sweet rice, ghee, saskuli [rice-flour cakes], apupa [various sweet cakes], modaka [steamed rice-flour dumplings filled with sweet coconut and sugar], sarhyava [wheat cakes made with ghee and milk and covered with sugar and spices], yogurt, vegetable soups and other palatable foods.

218 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.119

Source

किꣳ च—(११.११.४१)— यद् यद् इष्टतमꣳ लोके यच् चाति-प्रियम् आत्मनः । तत् तन् निवेदयेन् मह्यꣳ तद् आनन्त्याय कल्पते

kiṁ ca—(11.11.41)— yad yad iṣṭatamaṁ loke yac cāti-priyam ātmanaḥ | tat tan nivedayen mahyaṁ tad ānantyāya kalpate

English translation

Whatever is most desired by one within this material world, and whatever is most dear to oneself—one should offer that very thing to Me. Such an offering qualifies one for eternal life.

HBV 8.120

Source

अष्टम-स्कान्दे— (८.१६.५२)— नैवेद्यꣳ चाधि-गुणवद् दद्यात् पुरुष-तुष्टि-दम्

aṣṭama-skānde— (8.16.52)— naivedyaṁ cādhi-guṇavad dadyāt puruṣa-tuṣṭi-dam

English translation

The offerings of food should be of varieties of tastes. In this way, one should worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

HBV 8.121

Source

बौधायन-स्मृतौ च— नाना-विधान्न-पानैश् च भक्षनाद्यैर् मनोहरैः । नैवेद्यꣳ कल्पयेद् विष्णोस् तद्-अभावे च पायसꣳ केवलꣳ घृत-सꣳयुक्तꣳ

baudhāyana-smṛtau ca— nānā-vidhānna-pānaiś ca bhakṣanādyair manoharaiḥ | naivedyaṁ kalpayed viṣṇos tad-abhāve ca pāyasaṁ kevalaṁ ghṛta-saṁyuktaṁ

English translation

Lord Visnu's offering should consist of various types of delicious rice, vegetables, and drinks. In the absence of these things, one may simply offer Him sweet rice mixed with ghee.

HBV 8.122

Source

वामन-पुराणे--- हविषा सꣳस्कृता ये च यव-गोधूम-शलयः । तिल-मुद्गादयो माषा व्रीहयश् च प्रिया हरेः

vāmana-purāṇe--- haviṣā saṁskṛtā ye ca yava-godhūma-śalayaḥ | tila-mudgādayo māṣā vrīhayaś ca priyā hareḥ

English translation

Barley, wheat, rice, sesame seeds, mung ddl, urad &a\, and chick peas mixed with ghee are very dear to Lord Hari.

HBV 8.123

Source

गारुडे— अन्नꣳ चतुर्-विधꣳ पुण्यम् गुणाढ्यꣳ चामृतोपमम् । निष्पण्णꣳ स्व-गृहे यद् वा श्रद्धया कल्पयेद् धरेः

gāruḍe— annaṁ catur-vidhaṁ puṇyam guṇāḍhyaṁ cāmṛtopamam | niṣpaṇṇaṁ sva-gṛhe yad vā śraddhayā kalpayed dhareḥ

English translation

One should faithfully offer home made, pure, high quality, and delicious food of four kinds to Lord Hari.

HBV 8.124–126

Source

भविष्ये— पुष्पꣳ धूपꣳ तथा दीपꣳ नैवेद्यꣳ सु-मनोहरम् । खण्ड-लड्डुक-श्री-वेस्त-कासाराशोक-वर्तिकाः स्वस्तिकोल्लसिक-दुग्ध-तिल-वेष्ट-किलाटिकाः । फलानि चैव पक्वानि नागरङ्गादिकानि च अन्यानि विधिना दत्त्वा भक्ष्याणि विविधानि च । एवम् आदिनि दापयेद् भक्तितो न्र्प

bhaviṣye— puṣpaṁ dhūpaṁ tathā dīpaṁ naivedyaṁ su-manoharam | khaṇḍa-laḍḍuka-śrī-vesta-kāsārāśoka-vartikāḥ svastikollasika-dugdha-tila-veṣṭa-kilāṭikāḥ | phalāni caiva pakvāni nāgaraṅgādikāni ca anyāni vidhinā dattvā bhakṣyāṇi vividhāni ca | evam ādini dāpayed bhaktito nrpa

English translation

O King, one should devotedly offer to the Lord flowers, dhupa, dlpa and excellent food, such as sugar candy, laddus, sweet balls, varieties of cakes, condensed milk, sweet sesame cake, milk sweets, and varieties of ripe fruit, such as oranges.

HBV 8.127–128

Source

वाराहे— यस् तु भागवतो देवि अन्नाद् येन तु प्रीणयेत् । प्रीणितस् तिष्ठते’सौ वा बहु-जन्मानि माधवि सर्व-व्रीहि-मयꣳ गृह्यम् शुभꣳ सर्व-रसान्वितम् । मन्त्रेण मे प्रदीयेत न किꣳचिद् अपि सꣳस्पृशेत्

vārāhe— yas tu bhāgavato devi annād yena tu prīṇayet | prīṇitas tiṣṭhate’sau vā bahu-janmāni mādhavi sarva-vrīhi-mayaṁ gṛhyam śubhaṁ sarva-rasānvitam | mantreṇa me pradīyeta na kiṁcid api saṁspṛśet

English translation

220 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA prinitas tisthate 'sau vd bahu-janmani mddhavi sarva-vrlhi-mayam grhyarh subharh sarva-rasdnvitam mantrena me pradlyeta na kincid api sarhsprset O Madhavi! O Devi! Those who satisfy the Vaisnavas by feeding them palatable food and who offer Me varieties of pure and delicious food while chanting the appropriate mantras but do not accept anything for themselves live a happy and prosperous life in many future births.

HBV 8.129–131

Source

इङ्गुदि-फल-बिल्वानि बदरामलकानि च । खर्जुराम्श् चासनाम्श् चैव मानवाम्श् च परूषकान् शालोड्डम्बरिकाम्श् चैव तथा प्लक्ष-फलानि च । पैप्पलꣳ कण्टकीयꣳ च तुम्बुरुꣳ च प्रियङ्गुकम् मरीचꣳ शिꣳश-पाकꣳ च भल्लातकर-मर्दकम् । द्राक्षाꣳ च दाडिमꣳ चैव पिण्ड-खर्जूरम् एव च

iṅgudi-phala-bilvāni badarāmalakāni ca | kharjurāmś cāsanāmś caiva mānavāmś ca parūṣakān śāloḍḍambarikāmś caiva tathā plakṣa-phalāni ca | paippalaṁ kaṇṭakīyaṁ ca tumburuṁ ca priyaṅgukam marīcaṁ śiṁśa-pākaṁ ca bhallātakara-mardakam | drākṣāṁ ca dāḍimaṁ caiva piṇḍa-kharjūram eva ca

English translation

Fruit of the tdpasa tree, as well as bael, badari, drnalaki, dates, cdravija, coconut, parusaka, sdla, fig, plaksa, pippli, jackfruit, tumburu, priyangu, maruvaka, sisu, bhalldtaka, karamardaka, grapes, and pomegranates are favorite fruit of the Supreme Lord.

HBV 8.132–137

Source

सौवीरꣳ केलिकꣳ चैव तथा शुभ-फलानि च । पिण्डारक-फलꣳ चैव पुन्नाग-फलम् एव च शमीꣳ चैव कवीरꣳ च खर्जूरक-महाफलम् । कुमुदस्य फलꣳ चैव वहेडक-फलꣳ तथा अजꣳ कर्कोटकꣳ चैव तथा तल-फलानि च । कदम्बः कौमुदꣳ चैव द्वि-विधꣳ स्थल-कञ्जयोः पिण्डिकण्डेति विख्यातꣳ वꣳश-नीपꣳ ततः परम् । मधु-कण्डेति विख्यातꣳ माहिषꣳ कण्डम् एव च कर-मर्दक-कन्दꣳ च तथा निलोत्पलस्य च । मृणालꣳ पौष्करꣳ चैव शालूकस्य फलꣳ तथा एते चान्ये च बहवः काण्ड-मूल-फलानि च । एतानि चोपयोज्यानि ये मया परिकल्पिताः

sauvīraṁ kelikaṁ caiva tathā śubha-phalāni ca | piṇḍāraka-phalaṁ caiva punnāga-phalam eva ca śamīṁ caiva kavīraṁ ca kharjūraka-mahāphalam | kumudasya phalaṁ caiva vaheḍaka-phalaṁ tathā ajaṁ karkoṭakaṁ caiva tathā tala-phalāni ca | kadambaḥ kaumudaṁ caiva dvi-vidhaṁ sthala-kañjayoḥ piṇḍikaṇḍeti vikhyātaṁ vaṁśa-nīpaṁ tataḥ param | madhu-kaṇḍeti vikhyātaṁ māhiṣaṁ kaṇḍam eva ca kara-mardaka-kandaṁ ca tathā nilotpalasya ca | mṛṇālaṁ pauṣkaraṁ caiva śālūkasya phalaṁ tathā ete cānye ca bahavaḥ kāṇḍa-mūla-phalāni ca | etāni copayojyāni ye mayā parikalpitāḥ

English translation

Fruit of the saubira, kelika, pinddraka, punndga, sami, and kavira trees, as well as dates, kimuda, bahedd, aja, karkotaka, palmyra, kadamba, and kaumuda fruit, two kinds of lotus that grow on land, roots of pindi, vamsinipa, madhu, mahisa, and karmadaka, blue lotus, lotus stems, puskara fruit, water lily fruit, along with all those fruit and roots that I have already described are My food.

HBV 8.138–141

Source

मूलकस्य ततः शाकम् चिञ्च-शाकꣳ तथैव च । शाकꣳ चैव कलायस्य सर्षपस्य तथैव च वꣳसकस्य तु शाकꣳ च शाकम् एव कलम्बिकम् । आर्द्रकस्य च शाकꣳ वै पालङ्कꣳ शाकम् एव च अम्बिलोडक-शाकꣳ च काशꣳ कौमारकꣳ तथा । शुक-मण्डल-पत्रꣳ च द्वाव् एव तरु-वानकौ चरस्य चैव शाकꣳ च मधु-कोड्डुम्बरꣳ तथा । एते चान्ये च बहवह् शतशो’थ सहस्रशः । कर्मण्याश् चैव सर्वे वै ये मया परिकीर्तिताः

mūlakasya tataḥ śākam ciñca-śākaṁ tathaiva ca | śākaṁ caiva kalāyasya sarṣapasya tathaiva ca vaṁsakasya tu śākaṁ ca śākam eva kalambikam | ārdrakasya ca śākaṁ vai pālaṅkaṁ śākam eva ca ambiloḍaka-śākaṁ ca kāśaṁ kaumārakaṁ tathā | śuka-maṇḍala-patraṁ ca dvāv eva taru-vānakau carasya caiva śākaṁ ca madhu-koḍḍumbaraṁ tathā | ete cānye ca bahavah śataśo’tha sahasraśaḥ | karmaṇyāś caiva sarve vai ye mayā parikīrtitāḥ

English translation

222 SRI HARI-BHAKTI'VILASA drdrakasya ca idkam vai pdldnkam idkam eva ca ambilodaka-iakam ca idkam kaumdrakarh tathd iuka-mandala-patram ca dvdv eva taru-vdnakau carasya caiva idkam ca madhu-koddumbaram tathd ete cdnye ca bahavah iataio 'tha sahasraiah karmanydi caiva sarve vai ye mayd parikirtitdh Sdk, or spinach, as well as green leafy vegetables, such as the leaves of raddish and cinca, urad gram, mustard, varhsaka, kalambi, ginger, palanka, ambilodaka, kasa, kaumaraka, sukamandala, dry leaves of the dvividha tree, cara. madhuka, udumbara and all those leafy vegetables that I have already described to you are fit for My offering.

HBV 8.142

Source

व्रीहीणाꣳ च प्रवक्ष्यामि उपयोगाम्श् च माधवि । एक-चित्तꣳ समाधाय तत् सर्वꣳ शृणु सुन्दरि

vrīhīṇāṁ ca pravakṣyāmi upayogāmś ca mādhavi | eka-cittaṁ samādhāya tat sarvaṁ śṛṇu sundari

English translation

O beautiful one! O Madhavi! Now listen with attention as I describe to you the different types of grains, such as rice.

HBV 8.143–146

Source

धर्माधार्मिक-रक्तꣳ च सु-गन्धꣳ रक्त-शालिकम् । दीर्घशूकꣳ महाशालिꣳ वर-कुङ्कुम-पत्रकम् ग्राम-शालिꣳ समद्राशाम् स-श्रीशाꣳ कुश-शालिकाम् । यवाश् च द्वि-विधा ज्ञेयाः कर्मण्या मम सुन्दरि कर्मण्याश् चैव मुद्गाश् च तिलाः कृष्णाः कुलत्थकाः । गोधूमकꣳ महा-मुद्ग-मुद्गाष्टकम् अवाट-जित् कर्मण्य् एतानि चोक्तानि व्यजनानि प्रियान्वितान् । प्रतिगृह्णाम्य् अहꣳ ह्य् एतान् सर्वान् भागवतान् प्रियान्

dharmādhārmika-raktaṁ ca su-gandhaṁ rakta-śālikam | dīrghaśūkaṁ mahāśāliṁ vara-kuṅkuma-patrakam grāma-śāliṁ samadrāśām sa-śrīśāṁ kuśa-śālikām | yavāś ca dvi-vidhā jñeyāḥ karmaṇyā mama sundari karmaṇyāś caiva mudgāś ca tilāḥ kṛṣṇāḥ kulatthakāḥ | godhūmakaṁ mahā-mudga-mudgāṣṭakam avāṭa-jit karmaṇy etāni coktāni vyajanāni priyānvitān | pratigṛhṇāmy ahaṁ hy etān sarvān bhāgavatān priyān

English translation

O beautiful lady, know for certain that dharmorakta rice, adhormarakta rice, dirghasuka rice, mahasali rice, kumkumpatra gramasaU rice, madrasia rice, srisa rice, kusa rice, and the two kinds of barley are fit for My offering. Mung beans, sesame seeds, black urad gram, wheat, green mung dot, and the other eight kinds of mung ddl are also suitable for My worship. All of these, as well as the vegetables that I have already mentioned—I gladly accept from My devotees.

HBV 8.147

Source

किꣳ च-- ये मयैवोपयोज्यानि गव्यꣳ दधि पयो घृतम्

kiṁ ca-- ye mayaivopayojyāni gavyaṁ dadhi payo ghṛtam

English translation

Cow's milk, cow yogurt, and cow ghee are fit for My offering.

HBV 8.148–150

Source

स्कान्दे च ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे— हविः शल्योदनꣳ दिव्यम् आज्य-युक्तꣳ स-शर्करम् । नैवेद्यꣳ देव-देवाय यावकꣳ पायसꣳ तथा नैवेद्यानाम् अभावे तु फलानि विनिवेदयेत् । फलानाम् अप्य् अभावे तु तृण-गुल्मौषधीर् अपि औषधीनाम् अलाभे तु तोयꣳ च विनिवेदयेत् । तद्-अलाभे तु सर्वत्र मानसꣳ प्रवरꣳ स्मृतम्

skānde ca brahma-nārada-saṁvāde— haviḥ śalyodanaṁ divyam ājya-yuktaṁ sa-śarkaram | naivedyaṁ deva-devāya yāvakaṁ pāyasaṁ tathā naivedyānām abhāve tu phalāni vinivedayet | phalānām apy abhāve tu tṛṇa-gulmauṣadhīr api auṣadhīnām alābhe tu toyaṁ ca vinivedayet | tad-alābhe tu sarvatra mānasaṁ pravaraṁ smṛtam

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purdrux it is stated) havih sdlyodanam divyam ajya-yuktam sa-sarkaram naivedyam deva-devdya ydvakarh pdyasam tathd naivedydndm abhave tu phaldni vinivedayet phaldndm dpy abhdve tu trna-gulmausadhir api "v.

224 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA ausadhlndm aldbhe tu toyam ca vinivedyet tad-aldbhe tu sarvatra mdnasam pravaram smrtam One should offer cow ghee, best quality sdli rice, rice mixed with ghee and sugar, and barley powder cooked in milk and sugar to the Lord of the demigods, Sri Visnu. If one cannot afford these things then he should simply offer fruit to the Lord. If he cannot afford fruit then he should offer roots, twigs, or even herbs. If even these are not available then one should just offer water to the Lord. If nothing is available then one should offer the Lord's favorite food within the mind.

HBV 8.151

Source

स्कान्दे महेन्द्रꣳ प्रति श्री-नारद-वचनꣳ— यच्छन्ति तुलसी-शाकꣳ श्रुतꣳ ये माधवाग्रतः । कल्पान्तꣳ विष्णु-लोके तु वसन्ति पितृभिः सह

skānde mahendraṁ prati śrī-nārada-vacanaṁ— yacchanti tulasī-śākaṁ śrutaṁ ye mādhavāgrataḥ | kalpāntaṁ viṣṇu-loke tu vasanti pitṛbhiḥ saha

English translation

Those who offer tulasl leaves cooked in ghee to Lord Madhava go to live with their forefathers in the abode of Lord Visnu until the end of the kalpa.

HBV 8.152

Source

हारित-स्मृतौ— नाभक्ष्यꣳ नैवेद्यार्थे भक्ष्येस्व् अप्य् अजा-महिषी-क्षीरꣳ पञ्च-नखा मत्स्याश् च

hārita-smṛtau— nābhakṣyaṁ naivedyārthe bhakṣyesv apy ajā-mahiṣī-kṣīraṁ pañca-nakhā matsyāś ca

English translation

hdrita-smrtau (In the Hdrit-smrti it is stated) ndbhaksyarh naivedydrthe bhaksyesv apy ajd-mahisl- kslrarh panca-nakhd matsyds ca Things that are unfit for eating should not be offered to the Lord. Among the things that are fit to eat, one should avoid offering goat's milk, buffalo milk, fish, or the flesh of any animal that has got five nails.

HBV 8.153

Source

द्वारका-माहात्म्ये— नीली-क्षेत्रꣳ वापयन्ति मूलकꣳ भक्षयन्ति ये । नैवास्ति नरकोत्तारह् कल्प-कोटि-शतैर् अपि

dvārakā-māhātmye— nīlī-kṣetraṁ vāpayanti mūlakaṁ bhakṣayanti ye | naivāsti narakottārah kalpa-koṭi-śatair api

English translation

Those who grow nili in their field and eat radish cannot gain freedom from their hellish condition of life even after hundreds of millions of kalpas.

HBV 8.154

Source

वाराहे— माहिषꣳ चाविकꣳ चाजम् अयज्ञीयम् उदाहृतम्

vārāhe— māhiṣaṁ cāvikaṁ cājam ayajñīyam udāhṛtam

English translation

It has been ascertained that sheep, goat, and buffalo ghee are not suitable for use in sacrificial performances.

HBV 8.155

Source

किꣳ च— माहिषꣳ वर्जयेन् मह्यꣳ क्षीरꣳ दधि घृतꣳ यदि

kiṁ ca— māhiṣaṁ varjayen mahyaṁ kṣīraṁ dadhi ghṛtaṁ yadi

English translation

If one would like to offer Me ghee, milk, or yogurt then he must avoid that of the buffalo.

HBV 8.156–157

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे तृतीय-खण्डे— अभक्ष्यꣳ चप्य् अहृद्यꣳ च नैवेद्यꣳ न निवेदयेत् । केश-कीटावपन्नꣳ च तथा चाविहितꣳ च यत् मूषिका-लाङ्गुलोपेतम् अवधूतम् अवक्षुतम् । उड्डुम्बरꣳ कपित्थꣳ च तथा दन्त-शठꣳ च यत् । एवम् आदीनि देवाय न देयानि कदाचन

viṣṇu-dharmottare tṛtīya-khaṇḍe— abhakṣyaṁ capy ahṛdyaṁ ca naivedyaṁ na nivedayet | keśa-kīṭāvapannaṁ ca tathā cāvihitaṁ ca yat mūṣikā-lāṅgulopetam avadhūtam avakṣutam | uḍḍumbaraṁ kapitthaṁ ca tathā danta-śaṭhaṁ ca yat | evam ādīni devāya na deyāni kadācana

English translation

One should never offer uneatable and tasteless food to the Lord. Prohibited food, food containing the hair of a monkey, food that has been

226 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA rejected, and food upon which someone has sneezed are unfit for offering to the Lord. Wood apple, lemon, and udumbara should not be offered to the Lord.

HBV 8.158–159

Source

कौर्मे— वृन्ताकꣳ जालिका-शाकꣳ कुसुम्भाश्मन्तकꣳ तथा । पलाण्डुꣳ लशुनꣳ शुक्लम् निर्यासꣳ चैव वर्जयेत् गृञ्जनꣳ किꣳशुकꣳ चैव कुकुण्डꣳ च तथैव च । उडुम्बरम् अलाबुꣳ च जग्ध्वा पतति वै द्विजः

kaurme— vṛntākaṁ jālikā-śākaṁ kusumbhāśmantakaṁ tathā | palāṇḍuṁ laśunaṁ śuklam niryāsaṁ caiva varjayet gṛñjanaṁ kiṁśukaṁ caiva kukuṇḍaṁ ca tathaiva ca | uḍumbaram alābuṁ ca jagdhvā patati vai dvijaḥ

English translation

Eggplant, jdli sdk, knsurnbha sdk, asmantaka sdk, palandu, garlic, and kdnjika should be avoided. If a brdhmana eats gmjana, kimsuka, kumkundu, udumbara and ash gourd, he will become degraded.

HBV 8.160

Source

वैष्णवे— भुञ्जीतोद्धृत-साराणि न कदाचिन् नरेश्वर

vaiṣṇave— bhuñjītoddhṛta-sārāṇi na kadācin nareśvara

English translation

O King, you should not eat forbidden things, such as pinyaka.

HBV 8.161

Source

स्कान्दे— न भक्षयति वृन्ताकꣳ तस्य दूरतरो हरिः

skānde— na bhakṣayati vṛntākaṁ tasya dūrataro hariḥ

English translation

Lord Hari stays far away from a person who eats eggplant.

HBV 8.162

Source

किꣳ चान्यत्र— दोर्भ्याꣳ पाद्भ्याꣳ च जानुभ्याम् उरसा शिरसा दृशा । मनसा वचसा चेति प्रणामो’ष्टाङ्ग ईरितः

kiṁ cānyatra— dorbhyāṁ pādbhyāṁ ca jānubhyām urasā śirasā dṛśā | manasā vacasā ceti praṇāmo’ṣṭāṅga īritaḥ

English translation

Lord Hari keeps Himself far away from a person who eats eggplant, ash gourd, burnt rice, and masura gram.

HBV 8.163

Source

जानुभ्याम् चैव बाहुभ्याꣳ शिरसा वचसा धिया । पञ्चाङ्गकः प्रणामः स्यात् पूजासु प्रवराव् इमौ

jānubhyām caiva bāhubhyāṁ śirasā vacasā dhiyā | pañcāṅgakaḥ praṇāmaḥ syāt pūjāsu pravarāv imau

English translation

How can a shameless person who eats gourd, burnt rice, or kalambi sak claim that he is a devotee of Lord Janardana?

HBV 8.164

Source

अत एवोक्तꣳ यामले— यत्र मद्यꣳ तथा माꣳसम् तथा वृन्ताक-मूलके । निवेदयेन् नैव तत्र हरेर् ऐकान्तिकी रतिः

ata evoktaṁ yāmale— yatra madyaṁ tathā māṁsam tathā vṛntāka-mūlake | nivedayen naiva tatra harer aikāntikī ratiḥ

English translation

Unalloyed devotional service to Lord Hari does not manifest in a place where there is meat, eggplant, wine, and radish.

HBV 8.165–166

Source

स्कान्दे— नैवेद्यानि मनोज्ञानि कृष्णस्याग्रे निवेदयेत् । कल्पान्तꣳ तत्-पितॄणꣳ तु तृप्तिर् भवति शाश्वती फलानि यच्छते यो वै सुहृद्यानि नरेश्वर । कल्पान्तꣳ जायते तस्य स-फलꣳ च मनोरथः

skānde— naivedyāni manojñāni kṛṣṇasyāgre nivedayet | kalpāntaṁ tat-pitṝṇaṁ tu tṛptir bhavati śāśvatī phalāni yacchate yo vai suhṛdyāni nareśvara | kalpāntaṁ jāyate tasya sa-phalaṁ ca manorathaḥ

English translation

skdnde (In the Skanda Purana it is stated) naivedydni manojndni krsnasydgre nivedayet kalpdntarh tat-pitrndrh tu trptir bhavati idsvati phalani yacchate yo vai suhrdydni naresvara kalpdntarh jdyate tasya sa-phalarh ca manorathah

By offering palatable food to Lord Krsna, one' forefathers enjoy unending happiness for the duration of a day of Brahma. O foremost of kings, for one who offers fine fruit to the Lord, all of his desires become fulfilled for the duration of a day of Brahma.

HBV 8.167–168

Source

नारसिꣳहे— हविः शाल्योदनꣳ दिय्यम् आज्य-युक्तꣳ स-शर्करम् । निवेद्य नरसिꣳहाय यावकꣳ पायसꣳ तथा समास् तण्डुल-शङ्ख्याया यावत्यस् तावतीर् नृप । विष्णु-लोके महा-भोगन् भुञ्जानस् ते स-वैष्णवाः

nārasiṁhe— haviḥ śālyodanaṁ diyyam ājya-yuktaṁ sa-śarkaram | nivedya narasiṁhāya yāvakaṁ pāyasaṁ tathā samās taṇḍula-śaṅkhyāyā yāvatyas tāvatīr nṛpa | viṣṇu-loke mahā-bhogan bhuñjānas te sa-vaiṣṇavāḥ

English translation

Those who offer Lord Nrsimhadeva the best quality ghee, best quality rice cooked with ghee and sugar, and barley powder cooked in milk and sugar enjoy supreme happiness in the abode of Lord Visnu, along with His associates, for as many years as there are particles of grains in these preparations.

HBV 8.169

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— अन्न-दस् तृप्तिम् आप्नोति स्वर्ग-लोकꣳ च गच्छति । दत्त्वा च सꣳविभागाय तथैवान्नम् अतन्द्रितः । त्रैलोक्य-तर्पिते पुण्यꣳ तत्-क्षनात् समवाप्नुयात्

viṣṇu-dharmottare— anna-das tṛptim āpnoti svarga-lokaṁ ca gacchati | dattvā ca saṁvibhāgāya tathaivānnam atandritaḥ | trailokya-tarpite puṇyaṁ tat-kṣanāt samavāpnuyāt

English translation

One who offers rice to the Lord becomes satisfied in this life and goes to heaven after death. By offering rice to Lord Hari, the three worlds become pleased and the worshiper at once becomes qualified to achieve great merit.

HBV 8.170

Source

अक्षय्यम् अन्न-पानꣳ च पितृभ्यश् चोपतिष्ठते । ओदनꣳ व्यजनोपेतम् दत्त्वा स्वर्गम् अवाप्नुयात्

akṣayyam anna-pānaṁ ca pitṛbhyaś copatiṣṭhate | odanaṁ vyajanopetam dattvā svargam avāpnuyāt

English translation

The heavenly kingdom becomes the destination of one who offers rice, along with delicious vegetable preparations, to the Lord. Indeed, the forefathers of that person also enjoy unlimited rice and vegatables.

HBV 8.171–173

Source

परमान्नꣳ तथा दत्त्वा तृप्तिम् आप्नोति शश्वतिम् । विष्णु-लोकम् अवाप्नोति कुलम् उद्धरते तथा घृतौदन-प्रदानेन दीर्घम् आयुर् अवाप्नुयात् । दध्य्-ओदन-प्रदानेन श्रियम् आप्नोत्य् अनुत्तमाम् क्षीरोदन-प्रदानेन दीर्घ-जीवितम् आप्नुयात् । इक्षूणाꣳ च प्रदानेन परꣳ सौभाग्यम् अश्नुते

paramānnaṁ tathā dattvā tṛptim āpnoti śaśvatim | viṣṇu-lokam avāpnoti kulam uddharate tathā ghṛtaudana-pradānena dīrgham āyur avāpnuyāt | dadhy-odana-pradānena śriyam āpnoty anuttamām kṣīrodana-pradānena dīrgha-jīvitam āpnuyāt | ikṣūṇāṁ ca pradānena paraṁ saubhāgyam aśnute

English translation

By offering sweet rice to the Lord, one achieves unlimited happiness, a residence in the abode of Lord Visnu, and the deliverance of his family members. One who offers rice with pure ghee receives a long duration of life. By offering rice with yogurt, one attains great wealth, by offering rice mixed with milk, one enjoys a long duration of life, and by offering sugarcane to the Lord, one amasses good fortune.

HBV 8.174–175

Source

रत्नानाꣳ चैव भागी स्यात् स्वर्ग-लोकꣳ च गच्छति । फाणितस्य प्रदानेन अग्न्य्-आधान-फलꣳ लभेत् तथा गुड-प्रदानेन कामिताभीष्टम् आप्नुयात्

ratnānāṁ caiva bhāgī syāt svarga-lokaṁ ca gacchati | phāṇitasya pradānena agny-ādhāna-phalaṁ labhet tathā guḍa-pradānena kāmitābhīṣṭam āpnuyāt

English translation

By offering sugar candy, one obtains the merit of performing a fire sacrifice and by offering guda, or jaggery, all of one's desires become fulfilled.

230 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.176–177

Source

निवेद्येक्षु-रसꣳ भक्त्या परꣳ सौभाग्यम् आप्नुयात् । सर्वान् कामान् अवाप्नोति क्षौद्रꣳ यश् च प्रयच्छति तद् एव तुहितोपेतम् राजसूयम् अवाप्नुयात् । वह्निष्टोमम् अवाप्नोति यवाकस्य निवेदकः । अति-रात्रम् अवाप्नोति तथा पूप-निवेदकः

nivedyekṣu-rasaṁ bhaktyā paraṁ saubhāgyam āpnuyāt | sarvān kāmān avāpnoti kṣaudraṁ yaś ca prayacchati tad eva tuhitopetam rājasūyam avāpnuyāt | vahniṣṭomam avāpnoti yavākasya nivedakaḥ | ati-rātram avāpnoti tathā pūpa-nivedakaḥ

English translation

Those who devotedly offer sugarcane juice to the Lord become greatly fortunate. By offering honey, all of one's desires will certainly be fulfilled. By offering chilled honey to the Lord, one obtains the merit of performing a Rajasuya sacrifice. Offering barley powder cooked with milk and sugar awards one the merit of performing an agnistoma sacrifice. Those who offer the Lord cakes receive the merit of performing an airdtra sacrifice.

HBV 8.178–179

Source

वैदलानाꣳ च भक्ष्याणाꣳ दानात् कामान् अवाप्नुयात् । दीर्घ-जीवितम् आप्नोति घृत-पूर-निवेदकः मोदकानाꣳ प्रदानेन कामान् आप्नोत्य् अभीप्सितान्

vaidalānāṁ ca bhakṣyāṇāṁ dānāt kāmān avāpnuyāt | dīrgha-jīvitam āpnoti ghṛta-pūra-nivedakaḥ modakānāṁ pradānena kāmān āpnoty abhīpsitān

English translation

By offering mung gram or chick peas that had been soaked in water, all of one's desires become fulfilled. By offering milk cake to the Lord, one is awarded a long duration of life. One who offers modaka laddus to the Lord will find that all of his desires become fulfilled.

HBV 8.180–181

Source

नाना-विधानाꣳ भक्ष्याणाꣳ दानात् स्वर्गम् अवाप्नुयात् । भोजनीय-प्रदानेन तृप्तिम् आप्नोत्य् अनुत्तमाम् तथा लेह्य-प्रदानेन सौभाग्यम् अधिगच्छति । बल-वर्णम् अवाप्नोति चूष्याणाꣳ च निवेदने

nānā-vidhānāṁ bhakṣyāṇāṁ dānāt svargam avāpnuyāt | bhojanīya-pradānena tṛptim āpnoty anuttamām tathā lehya-pradānena saubhāgyam adhigacchati | bala-varṇam avāpnoti cūṣyāṇāṁ ca nivedane

English translation

Those who offer varieties of chewable food to the Lord attain the abodes of the demigods. By offering cooked preparations to the Lord, one feels great satisfaction. By offering food that is to be licked up, one achieves good fortune and by offering food that is to be sucked, one is awarded strength and beauty.

HBV 8.182–184

Source

कुल्माषोल्लासिक-दाता वह्न्य्-आधेयꣳ फलꣳ लभेत् । तथा कृषार-दानेन वह्निष्टोमम् अवाप्नुयात् धनानाꣳ क्षौद्र-युक्तानाꣳ लाजानाꣳ च निवेदकः । मुख्यꣳ चैव शक्तूनाꣳ वह्निष्टोमम् अवाप्नुयात् वानप्रस्थाश्रितꣳ पुण्यम् लभेच् छाक-निवेदकः । दत्त्वा हरितकꣳ चैव तद् एव फलम् आप्नुयात्

kulmāṣollāsika-dātā vahny-ādheyaṁ phalaṁ labhet | tathā kṛṣāra-dānena vahniṣṭomam avāpnuyāt dhanānāṁ kṣaudra-yuktānāṁ lājānāṁ ca nivedakaḥ | mukhyaṁ caiva śaktūnāṁ vahniṣṭomam avāpnuyāt vānaprasthāśritaṁ puṇyam labhec chāka-nivedakaḥ | dattvā haritakaṁ caiva tad eva phalam āpnuyāt

English translation

By offering roasted wad gram and lassi, one obtains the result of performing an agnyddhdna sacrifice. By offering khichdi to the Lord, one receives the merit of performing an agnistoma sacrifice. By offering sdka, one obtains the merit of one who is observing the vanaprastha order of life. Those who offer roasted rice powder, or barley powder mixed with honey, attain the merit of performing an agnistoma sacrifice. A similar result can be attained by offering haritaka saka to the Supreme Lord.

HBV 8.185–187

Source

दत्त्वा शाकानि रम्याणि विशोकस् त्व् अभिजायते । दत्त्वा च व्यजनार्थाय तथोपकरणानि च सु-कुले लभते जन्म कन्द-मूल-निवेदकः । नीलोत्पल-विदरीणाꣳ तरुटस्य तथा द्विजः कन्द-दानाद् अवाप्नोति वानप्रस्थ-फलꣳ शुभम् । त्रपुषेर् वारुकꣳ दत्त्वा पुण्डरीक-फलꣳ लभेत्

dattvā śākāni ramyāṇi viśokas tv abhijāyate | dattvā ca vyajanārthāya tathopakaraṇāni ca su-kule labhate janma kanda-mūla-nivedakaḥ | nīlotpala-vidarīṇāṁ taruṭasya tathā dvijaḥ kanda-dānād avāpnoti vānaprastha-phalaṁ śubham | trapuṣer vārukaṁ dattvā puṇḍarīka-phalaṁ labhet

English translation

232 SRI HARI-BHAKTI»VILASA su-kule labhate janma kanda-mula-nivedakah nilotpala-viddrlndm tarutasya tathd dvijdh kanda-ddndd avdpnoti vdnaprastha-phalarh subham trapuser vdrukarh dattvd pundarlka-phalam labhet By giving fresh and nice sdk and other vegetables to the devotees for offering to the Lord, one will not become afflicted by lamentation. One who offers roots to the Lord will be born in a noble family. O brdhmanas, by offering the roots of the blue lotus, viddri, and padmavija, one receives the merit of observing the vanaprastha dsrama status of life. Those who give cucumbers,and other similar vegetables are awarded the merit of giving lotus flowers in charity.

HBV 8.188–193

Source

कर्कन्धु-वदरे दत्त्वा तथा पारैवतꣳ कलम् । परूषकꣳ तथाभ्रꣳ च पनसꣳ नारिकेलकम् भव्यꣳ मोचꣳ तथा चोचम् खर्जूरम् अथ दाडिमम् । आम्रातक-स्रुवाम्लोट-फल-मान-प्रियालकम् जम्बू-बिल्वामलꣳ चैव जात्यꣳ वीणातकꣳ तथा । नारङ्ग-बीज-पूरे च बीज-फल्गु-फलन्य् अपि एवम् आदीनि दिव्यनि यः फलानि प्रयच्छति । तथा कन्दानि मुख्यानि देव-देवाय भक्तितः क्रिया-साफल्यम् आप्नोति स्वर्ग-लोकꣳ तथैव च । प्राप्नोति फलम् आरोग्यम् मृद्वीकानाꣳ निवेदकः रसान् मुख्यान् अवाप्नोति सौभाग्यम् अपि चोत्तमम् । आम्रैर् अभ्यर्च्य देवेशम् अश्वमेध-फलꣳ लभेत्

karkandhu-vadare dattvā tathā pāraivataṁ kalam | parūṣakaṁ tathābhraṁ ca panasaṁ nārikelakam bhavyaṁ mocaṁ tathā cocam kharjūram atha dāḍimam | āmrātaka-sruvāmloṭa-phala-māna-priyālakam jambū-bilvāmalaṁ caiva jātyaṁ vīṇātakaṁ tathā | nāraṅga-bīja-pūre ca bīja-phalgu-phalany api evam ādīni divyani yaḥ phalāni prayacchati | tathā kandāni mukhyāni deva-devāya bhaktitaḥ kriyā-sāphalyam āpnoti svarga-lokaṁ tathaiva ca | prāpnoti phalam ārogyam mṛdvīkānāṁ nivedakaḥ rasān mukhyān avāpnoti saubhāgyam api cottamam | āmrair abhyarcya deveśam aśvamedha-phalaṁ labhet

English translation

All endeavors of a person who offers karkundhu, badar, pdraivata, parHsaka, mangoes, jack fruit, coconuts, kdmaranga, bananas, coca, dates, pomegranates, hog plums, sruva, amlota, phalanxdna, piyalaka, blackberries, bael, embolic myrobalan, jatya, vindtaka, oranges, vijapura, vdjam, phalgu, and many other varieties of sweet and ripe fruit and roots to the Lord of the demigods, Sri Visnu, become successful. At the end of his life, he will go to the heavenly planets. One remains free from disease if he offers grapes to the Lord. If one offers a mango to the Lord of the demigods, Sri Hari, he attains the merit of performing a horse sacrifice.

HBV 8.194

Source

किꣳ च— मोचकꣳ पनसꣳ जम्बू तथान्यत् कुम्भालि-फलम् । प्राचीनामलकꣳ श्रेष्ठꣳ मधुकोड्डुम्बरस्य च । यत्न-पक्वम् अपि ग्राह्यꣳ कदली-फलम् उत्तमम्

kiṁ ca— mocakaṁ panasaṁ jambū tathānyat kumbhāli-phalam | prācīnāmalakaṁ śreṣṭhaṁ madhukoḍḍumbarasya ca | yatna-pakvam api grāhyaṁ kadalī-phalam uttamam

English translation

Fruit, such as mocaka, jack fruit, blackberries, kumbhali, prdcindmalaka and madhuko dumbara, are considered excellent. Good bananas, even if they have been artificially ripened, are acceptable to the Lord.

HBV 8.195

Source

हरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये च— यत् किञ्चिद् अल्पꣳ नैवेद्यम् भक्त-भक्ति-रस-प्लुतम् । प्रतिभोजयति श्रीशस् तद्-दातॄन् स्व-सुखꣳ द्रुतम् इति

hari-bhakti-sudhodaye ca— yat kiñcid alpaṁ naivedyam bhakta-bhakti-rasa-plutam | pratibhojayati śrīśas tad-dātṝn sva-sukhaṁ drutam iti

English translation

234 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA pratibhojayati frlsas tad-ddtrn sva-sukharh drutam iti. Even a little quantity of food, offered to the Lord with love and devotion, can quickly enable a devotee to enjoy transcendental happiness.

HBV 8.196

Source

ततः प्राग्वद् विचित्राणि पनकान्य् उत्तमानि च । सु-गन्धि शीतलꣳ स्वच्छꣳ जलम् अप्य् अर्पयेत् ततः

tataḥ prāgvad vicitrāṇi panakāny uttamāni ca | su-gandhi śītalaṁ svacchaṁ jalam apy arpayet tataḥ

English translation

After offering varieties of food to the Lord, one should offer various kinds of excellent, fragrant, pure, and cool drinks.

HBV 8.197

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— पानकानि सु-गन्धीनि शीतलानि विशेषतः । निवेद्य देव-देवाय वाजिमेधम् अवाप्नुयात्

viṣṇu-dharmottare— pānakāni su-gandhīni śītalāni viśeṣataḥ | nivedya deva-devāya vājimedham avāpnuyāt

English translation

If one offers fragrant and cool drinks to the Lord of the demigods, he can receive the merit of performing a horse sacrifice.

HBV 8.198–199

Source

त्वगेला-नाग-कुसुम-कर्पूर-सित-सꣳयुतैः । सिता-क्षौद्र-गुडोपेतैर् गन्ध-वर्ण-गुणान्वितैः बीज-पूरक-नारङ्ग-सहकार-समन्वितैः । राजसूयम् अवाप्नोति पनकैर् विनिवेदितैः

tvagelā-nāga-kusuma-karpūra-sita-saṁyutaiḥ | sitā-kṣaudra-guḍopetair gandha-varṇa-guṇānvitaiḥ bīja-pūraka-nāraṅga-sahakāra-samanvitaiḥ | rājasūyam avāpnoti panakair viniveditaiḥ

English translation

The Supreme Lord becomes very pleased with a person who offers Him varieties of drinks and juice made with cardamom, cinnamon, yogurt,

ndgakusuma, camphor, vijapura, sugar, honey, jaggery, oranges and other fruit. Such an offering awards a devotee the merit of performing a Rajasuya sacrifice.

HBV 8.200

Source

निवेद्य नारिकेलाम्बु-वह्निष्टोम-फलꣳ लभेत् । सर्व-काम-वहा नद्यो नित्यꣳ यत्र मनोरमाः । तत्र पान-प्रदा यान्ति यत्र रामा गुणान्विताः इति ।

nivedya nārikelāmbu-vahniṣṭoma-phalaṁ labhet | sarva-kāma-vahā nadyo nityaṁ yatra manoramāḥ | tatra pāna-pradā yānti yatra rāmā guṇānvitāḥ iti |

English translation

A devotee who offers fresh coconut water to the Supreme Lord will attain a heavenly abode where there are many rivers that fulfill all of one's desires, and many beautiful women as well. He also earns the merit of performing an agnistoma sacrifice.

HBV 8.201

Source

इत्थꣳ समर्प्य नैवेद्यम् दत्त्वा जवनिकꣳ ततः । बहिर्-भूय यथा-सक्ति जपꣳ सन्ध्यानम् आचरेत्

itthaṁ samarpya naivedyam dattvā javanikaṁ tataḥ | bahir-bhūya yathā-sakti japaṁ sandhyānam ācaret

English translation

After concluding the offering, one should come out of the Deity room and chant the holy name while meditating on the Lord to the best of his ability.

HBV 8.202

Source

ब्रह्मेशाद्यैः परित ऋषिभिः सूपविष्टैः समेतो लक्ष्म्या शिञ्जद्-वलय-करया सादरꣳ वीज्यमन । मर्म-क्रीड-प्रहसित-मुखो हासयन् पङ्क्ति-भोक्तॄन् भुङ्क्ते पात्रे कनक-घटिते षड्-रसꣳ श्री-रमेशः इति ।

brahmeśādyaiḥ parita ṛṣibhiḥ sūpaviṣṭaiḥ sameto lakṣmyā śiñjad-valaya-karayā sādaraṁ vījyamana | marma-krīḍa-prahasita-mukho hāsayan paṅkti-bhoktṝn bhuṅkte pātre kanaka-ghaṭite ṣaḍ-rasaṁ śrī-rameśaḥ iti |

English translation

Lord Narayana, the husband of Laksmi, surrounded on all sides by the demigods, headed by Brahma and Siva, as well as the great sages, enjoys the fresh air while being fanned by the goddess of fortune, causing her bangles to make a very sweet sound. The Lord induces His close associates to laugh by

236 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA joking as He relishes the six types of food that had been placed on a golden plate.

HBV 8.203

Source

एकन्तिभिश् चात्म-कृतꣳ स-वयस्यस्य गोकुले । यशोदा-लाल्यमानस्य ध्येयꣳ कृष्णस्य भोजनम्

ekantibhiś cātma-kṛtaṁ sa-vayasyasya gokule | yaśodā-lālyamānasya dhyeyaṁ kṛṣṇasya bhojanam

English translation

Devotees should meditate on how mother Yosoda feeds her beloved son, Sri Krsna, along with His friends, food that she has personally cooked in Gokula.

HBV 8.204

Source

नित्यꣳ चावश्यकꣳ होमꣳ कुर्यात् शक्त्य्-अनुसारतः । होमाशक्तौ तु कुर्वीत जपꣳ तस्य चतुर्-गुणम्

nityaṁ cāvaśyakaṁ homaṁ kuryāt śakty-anusārataḥ | homāśaktau tu kurvīta japaṁ tasya catur-guṇam

English translation

According to his ability, a devotee should perform the prescribed fire sacrifices every day. If he is unable to do this then he should chant the required mantras four times more than is prescribed for the performance of the fire sacrifices.

HBV 8.205–206

Source

के’प्य् एवꣳ मन्वते’वश्यम् नित्य-होमꣳ सदाचरेत् । पुरश्चरन-होमस्याशक्तौ हि स विधिर् मतः पूर्वꣳ दीक्षा-विधौ होम-विधिश् च लिखितः कियान् । तद्-विस्तारश् च विज्ञेयस् तत्-तच्-छास्त्रात् तद्-इच्छुभिः

ke’py evaṁ manvate’vaśyam nitya-homaṁ sadācaret | puraścarana-homasyāśaktau hi sa vidhir mataḥ pūrvaṁ dīkṣā-vidhau homa-vidhiś ca likhitaḥ kiyān | tad-vistāraś ca vijñeyas tat-tac-chāstrāt tad-icchubhiḥ

English translation

According to some opinion, fire sacrifice must be conducted daily. However, if one is unable to perform the fire sacrifices that have been recommended during the period of purascarana, he should chant the mantras four times more than if he were performing the sacrifices. The process of

performing fire sacrifices is described in the literature that discusses the rules and regulations pertaining to initiation. Therefore, if someone is especially interested in this subject, he should consult these books.

HBV 8.207–208

Source

समाप्तिꣳ भोजने ध्यात्वा दत्त्वा गण्डूषिकꣳ जलम् । अमृतापिधानम् असि स्वाहेत्य् उच्चारयेत् सुधीः विसृजेद् देव-वक्त्रे तत् तेजः सꣳहार-मुद्रया । नैकन्ती तेजसः कुर्यान् निष्क्रान्तिꣳ इव सङ्क्रमम्

samāptiṁ bhojane dhyātvā dattvā gaṇḍūṣikaṁ jalam | amṛtāpidhānam asi svāhety uccārayet sudhīḥ visṛjed deva-vaktre tat tejaḥ saṁhāra-mudrayā | naikantī tejasaḥ kuryān niṣkrāntiṁ iva saṅkramam

English translation

Thinking that the Lord has finished eating, an intelligent devotee should offer Him some water for washing His hands and mouth while chanting, amrtdpidhdnam asi svaha. Then, he should cause fire that had emanated from the Lord's mouth to be withdrawn by displaying the samhara-mudra. However, Vaisnavas do not perform this activity. They neither invoke the fire from the Lord's mouth, nor withdraw it.

HBV 8.209

Source

ततो जवनिका विद्वान् अपसार्य यथाविधि । विष्वक्सेनाय भगवन्-नैवेद्याꣳशꣳ निवेदयेत्

tato javanikā vidvān apasārya yathāvidhi | viṣvaksenāya bhagavan-naivedyāṁśaṁ nivedayet

English translation

After offering dcamana in this way, a wise devotee should open the curtain and offer a portion of the Lord's remnants of food to Visvaksena while following the prescribed rules.

HBV 8.210

Source

तथा च पञ्चरात्रे श्री-नारद-वचनम्— विश्वक्सेनाय दातव्यꣳ नैवेद्यꣳ तच्-छताꣳशकम् । पादोदकꣳ प्रसादꣳ च लिङ्गे चण्डेश्वराय च

tathā ca pañcarātre śrī-nārada-vacanam— viśvaksenāya dātavyaṁ naivedyaṁ tac-chatāṁśakam | pādodakaṁ prasādaṁ ca liṅge caṇḍeśvarāya ca

English translation

238 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA pddodakarh prasddarh ca linge candesvardya ca One-hundredth portion of the Lord's remnants of food, as well as the water that has washed His lotus feet, should be offered to Visvaksena. If Lord Siva has been worshiped as the Siva-liriga then some remnants should also be offered to Candesvara.

HBV 8.211–213

Source

मुख्याद् ईसानतः पात्रान् नैवेद्याꣳशꣳ समुद्धरेत् । सर्व-देव-स्वरुपाय पराय परमेष्ठिने श्री-कृष्ण-सेव-युक्ताय विष्वक्सेनाय ते नमः । इत्य् उक्त्वा श्री-हरेर् वामे तीर्थ-क्लिन्नꣳ समर्पयेत् सतꣳसꣳ वा सहस्राꣳशम् अन्यथा निष्फलꣳ भवेत्

mukhyād īsānataḥ pātrān naivedyāṁśaṁ samuddharet | sarva-deva-svarupāya parāya parameṣṭhine śrī-kṛṣṇa-seva-yuktāya viṣvaksenāya te namaḥ | ity uktvā śrī-harer vāme tīrtha-klinnaṁ samarpayet sataṁsaṁ vā sahasrāṁśam anyathā niṣphalaṁ bhavet

English translation

Take a small portion of the Lord's remnants from the northeast corner of the plate and place it to the left of Sri Krsna, which is the place of Visvaksena, while chanting, sarva deva svarupdya pardya paramatmane sri krsna seva yuktdya visvaksendya to namah. The quantity should be one-hundredth or one thousandth portion of the prasada, and it should be offered along with some water that was used to bathe the Lord. To receive tangible benefit, one should adhere to this formula.

HBV 8.214

Source

पश्चाच् च बलिर् इत्य् आदि श्लोकाव् उच्चार्य वैष्णवः । सर्वेभ्यो वैष्णवेभ्यस् तच्-छताꣳसꣳ विनिवेदयेत्

paścāc ca balir ity ādi ślokāv uccārya vaiṣṇavaḥ | sarvebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyas tac-chatāṁsaṁ vinivedayet

English translation

Vaisnavas should simply chant the following two slokas and distribute one-hundredth portion of the Lord's remnants to the other devotees.

HBV 8.215–216

Source

तौ च श्लोकौ – बलिर् विभीषणो भीष्मः कपिलो नारदो’र्जुनः । प्रह्लादश् चाम्बरीषश् च वसुर् वायु-सुतः सिवः विष्वक्सेनोद्धवाक्रूरः सनकाद्याः शुकादयः । श्री-कृष्णस्य प्रसादो’यꣳ सर्वे गृह्णन्तु वैष्णवाः

tau ca ślokau – balir vibhīṣaṇo bhīṣmaḥ kapilo nārado’rjunaḥ | prahlādaś cāmbarīṣaś ca vasur vāyu-sutaḥ sivaḥ viṣvaksenoddhavākrūraḥ sanakādyāḥ śukādayaḥ | śrī-kṛṣṇasya prasādo’yaṁ sarve gṛhṇantu vaiṣṇavāḥ

English translation

O Bali! O Vibhisana! O Bhisma! O Kapila! O Narada! O Arjuna! O Prahlada! O Ambarisa! O Vasu! O Hanuman! O Siva! O Visvaksena! O Uddhava! O Akrura! O devotees, such as Sanaka and Sukadeva—please accept this prasada of Lord Krsna.

HBV 8.217

Source

इदꣳ यद्यपि युज्येत दर्पणार्पणतः परम् । तथापि भक्त-वात्सल्यात् कृष्णस्यात्रापि सम्भवेत्

idaṁ yadyapi yujyeta darpaṇārpaṇataḥ param | tathāpi bhakta-vātsalyāt kṛṣṇasyātrāpi sambhavet

English translation

Although it is recommended that mahd'prasdda should be distributed only after showing a mirror to the Lord, it can done at this time, in consideration of the Lord's affection for His devotees.

HBV 8.218–219

Source

नारसिꣳहे— ततस् तद्-अन्न-शेषेण पार्षदेभ्यः समन्ततः । पुष्पाक्षतैर् विमिश्रेण बलिꣳ यस् तु प्रयच्छति बलिना वैष्णवेनाथ तृप्तः सन्तो दिवौकसः । शान्तिꣳ तस्य प्रयच्छन्ति श्रियम् आरोग्यम् एव च

nārasiṁhe— tatas tad-anna-śeṣeṇa pārṣadebhyaḥ samantataḥ | puṣpākṣatair vimiśreṇa baliṁ yas tu prayacchati balinā vaiṣṇavenātha tṛptaḥ santo divaukasaḥ | śāntiṁ tasya prayacchanti śriyam ārogyam eva ca

English translation

ndrasimhe (In the Nrsimha Purdna it is stated) tatas tad-anna-sesena pdrsadebhyah samdntatah puspaksatair vimisrena balirh yas tu prayacchati balind vaisnavendtha trptdh santo divaukasah

240 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA santirh tasya prayacchanti sriyam arogyam eva ca The demidgods become very pleased with the devotee who offers the Lord's remnants, such as flowers, rice, and so on, to the other devotees. Indeed, they are so pleased that they award him sufficient wealth and a healthy life.

HBV 8.220–221

Source

उपलिप्य ततो भूमिꣳ पुनर् गाण्डूषिकꣳ जलम् । दद्यात् त्रिर् अग्रे कृष्णस्य ततो’स्मै दन्त-सोधनम् पुनर् आचमनꣳ दत्त्वा श्री-पाण्योः श्री-मुखस्य च । मार्जनायाꣳशुकꣳ दत्त्वा सर्वाण्य् अङ्गानि मार्जयेत्

upalipya tato bhūmiṁ punar gāṇḍūṣikaṁ jalam | dadyāt trir agre kṛṣṇasya tato’smai danta-sodhanam punar ācamanaṁ dattvā śrī-pāṇyoḥ śrī-mukhasya ca | mārjanāyāṁśukaṁ dattvā sarvāṇy aṅgāni mārjayet

English translation

First, one should clean the offering area nicely and then pour three spoonfuls of water in front of Lord Krsna for washing His mouth. Then, one should offer Him a toothpick made from dry grass. This should be followed by again offering some water for washing the Lord's hands and legs. Finally, one should take a clean towel and wipe the Lord's face, hands, and legs.

HBV 8.222

Source

परिधाप्य् अपरे वस्त्रे पुनर् दत्त्वासनान्तरम् । पद्यम् आचमनीयꣳ च पूर्ववत् पुनर् अर्पयेत्

paridhāpy apare vastre punar dattvāsanāntaram | padyam ācamanīyaṁ ca pūrvavat punar arpayet

English translation

Thereafter, one should change the Lord's clothes and then offer Him an asana, pddya, and dcamaniya once again, like before.

HBV 8.223

Source

चन्दनागुरु-चूर्णादि प्रदद्यात् कर-मार्जनम् । कर्पूरद्य्-आस्य-वासꣳ च ताम्बूलꣳ तुलसीम् अपि

candanāguru-cūrṇādi pradadyāt kara-mārjanam | karpūrady-āsya-vāsaṁ ca tāmbūlaṁ tulasīm api

English translation

One should offer sandalwood powder and aguru powder to the Lord so that He can rub His hands with it. After this, one should offer Him a mouth freshener, such as camphor, cloves, betel nuts, and tulasi leaves.

HBV 8.224–225

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे त्र्तीय-खण्डे— पूग-जाति-फलꣳ दत्त्वा जाति-पत्रꣳ तथैव च । लवङ्ग-फल-कक्कोल-मेल-कत-फलꣳ तथा ताम्बूलीनाꣳ किशलयꣳ स्वर्ग-लोकम् अवाप्नुयात् । सौभाग्यम् अतुलꣳ लोके तथा रूपम् अनुत्तमम्

viṣṇu-dharmottare trtīya-khaṇḍe— pūga-jāti-phalaṁ dattvā jāti-patraṁ tathaiva ca | lavaṅga-phala-kakkola-mela-kata-phalaṁ tathā tāmbūlīnāṁ kiśalayaṁ svarga-lokam avāpnuyāt | saubhāgyam atulaṁ loke tathā rūpam anuttamam

English translation

By offering betel nuts, nutmeg, leaves of nutmeg, cloves, kakola, kanta phala, and betel leaves to the Lord, one will be transferred to the heavenly planets, where he will enjoy a life of good fortune after receiving a very handsome body.

HBV 8.226

Source

स्कान्दे— ताम्बूलꣳ च स-कर्पूरम् स-पूगꣳ नर-नायक । कृष्णाय यच्छति प्रीत्या तस्य तुष्टो हरिः सदा

skānde— tāmbūlaṁ ca sa-karpūram sa-pūgaṁ nara-nāyaka | kṛṣṇāya yacchati prītyā tasya tuṣṭo hariḥ sadā

English translation

Lord Krsna remains satisfied with a person who offers Him, with love and devotion, camphor, puga, and betel leaves.

242 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.227–228

Source

दिव्यꣳ गन्धꣳ पुनर् दत्त्वा यथेष्टम् अनुलेपनैः । दिव्यैर् विचित्रैः श्री-कृष्णम् भक्ति-च्छेदेन लेपयेत् रम्याणि चोर्ध्व-पुण्ड्राणि सद्-वर्णेन यथास्पदम् । सु-गन्धिनानुलेपेन कृष्णस्य रचयेत्तराम्

divyaṁ gandhaṁ punar dattvā yatheṣṭam anulepanaiḥ | divyair vicitraiḥ śrī-kṛṣṇam bhakti-cchedena lepayet ramyāṇi cordhva-puṇḍrāṇi sad-varṇena yathāspadam | su-gandhinānulepena kṛṣṇasya racayettarām

English translation

One should once again apply a variety of fragrant substances to the body of the Lord. At this time, one may decorate His forehead with tilaka. Apart from this, one should smear various types of fragrant and natural cosmetics onto the Lord's forehead, as well as other parts of His body. One can also decorate the Lord's limbs with beautiful marks of tilaka.

HBV 8.229

Source

तथा चागमे ध्यान-प्रसङ्गे— ललाटे हृदये कुक्षौ कण्ठे बह्वोश् च पार्श्वयोः । विराजतोर्ध्व-पुण्ड्रेण सौवर्णेन विभूषितम् इति ।

tathā cāgame dhyāna-prasaṅge— lalāṭe hṛdaye kukṣau kaṇṭhe bahvoś ca pārśvayoḥ | virājatordhva-puṇḍreṇa sauvarṇena vibhūṣitam iti |

English translation

The Lord's body should be decorated with tilaka. His forehead, chest, two sides, two arms, and throat should be adorned with enchanting tilaka.

HBV 8.230–231

Source

दिव्यानि कञ्चुकोष्णीष-काञ्च्य्-आदीनि पराण्य् अपि । वस्त्राणि सु-विचित्राणि श्री-कृष्णꣳ परिधापयेत् ततो दिव्य-किरीटादि-भूषणनि यथा-रुचि । विचित्र-दिव्य-माल्यानि परिधाप्य विभूषयेत्

divyāni kañcukoṣṇīṣa-kāñcy-ādīni parāṇy api | vastrāṇi su-vicitrāṇi śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ paridhāpayet tato divya-kirīṭādi-bhūṣaṇani yathā-ruci | vicitra-divya-mālyāni paridhāpya vibhūṣayet

English translation

One should decorate Lord Krsna with various garments, such as a shirt, and various ornaments, such as a turban and a waist band. According to his taste, a devotee should decorate the Deity with an opulent crown and various kinds of beautiful necklaces.

HBV 8.232

Source

ततश् च चामर-च्छत्र-पादुकादीन् परान् अपि । महाराजोपचाराम्श् च दत्त्वादर्शꣳ प्रदर्शयेत्

tataś ca cāmara-cchatra-pādukādīn parān api | mahārājopacārāmś ca dattvādarśaṁ pradarśayet

English translation

After that, one should offer the Deity things that are befitting a king, such as a flag, camara, umbrella, and decorative shoes. This should be followed by showing Him a mirror.

HBV 8.233

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— यथादेशꣳ यथा-कलꣳ राज-लिङ्गꣳ सुरालये । दत्त्वा भवति राजैव नात्र कार्या विचारणा

viṣṇu-dharmottare— yathādeśaṁ yathā-kalaṁ rāja-liṅgaṁ surālaye | dattvā bhavati rājaiva nātra kāryā vicāraṇā

English translation

One will become a king if he offers the Lord royal symbols, according to the time and place. There is no question of an argument in this regard.

HBV 8.234

Source

तथा चामर-दानेन श्रीमान् भवति भू-तले । मुच्यते च तथा पापैः स्वर्ग-लोकꣳ च गच्छति

tathā cāmara-dānena śrīmān bhavati bhū-tale | mucyate ca tathā pāpaiḥ svarga-lokaṁ ca gacchati

English translation

244 SRI HARI-BHAKTI'VILASA By offering a camara, or by fanning the Lord with a camara, one will become rich in this very life. Such a devotee will become freed from all sins and after death, he will go to the heavenly planets.

HBV 8.235–236

Source

तत्रैव— छत्रꣳ बहु-शलाकꣳ च झल्लरी-वस्त्र-सꣳयुतम् । दिव्य-वस्त्रैश् च सꣳयुक्तꣳ हेम-दण्ड-समन्वितम् यः प्रयच्छति कृष्णस्य छत्र-लक्ष-युतैर् वृतः । प्रार्थ्यते सो’मरैः सर्वैः क्रीडते पितृभिः सह

tatraiva— chatraṁ bahu-śalākaṁ ca jhallarī-vastra-saṁyutam | divya-vastraiś ca saṁyuktaṁ hema-daṇḍa-samanvitam yaḥ prayacchati kṛṣṇasya chatra-lakṣa-yutair vṛtaḥ | prārthyate so’maraiḥ sarvaiḥ krīḍate pitṛbhiḥ saha

English translation

A person who offers an umbrella to the Lord that is made of costly cloth and is decorated with fringe, and that has a golden handle, will himself become surrounded by hundreds and thousands of umbrellas that are carried by the demigods. Such devotees are glorified by the demigods as they enjoy the company of their forefathers.

HBV 8.237

Source

तत्रैव वान्यत्र— राजा भवति लोके’स्मिन् छत्रꣳ दत्त्वा द्विजोत्तमः । नाप्नोति रिपुजꣳ दुःखꣳ सङ्ग्रामे रिपु-जिद् भयेत्

tatraiva vānyatra— rājā bhavati loke’smin chatraṁ dattvā dvijottamaḥ | nāpnoti ripujaṁ duḥkhaṁ saṅgrāme ripu-jid bhayet

English translation

O best of brahmanas, those who offer an umbrella to the Lord will become kings in this world and they will not have to suffer at the hands of their enemies. Such devotees will easily defeat their opponents in battle.

HBV 8.238

Source

उपानत्-सम्प्रदानेन विमानम् अधिरोहति । यथेष्टꣳ तेन लोकेषु विचरत्य् अमर-प्रभः

upānat-sampradānena vimānam adhirohati | yatheṣṭaṁ tena lokeṣu vicaraty amara-prabhaḥ

English translation

Those who offer shoes to the Lord become qualified to board a celestial airplane. They will be as influential as the demigods and they will be able to wander about as they choose.

HBV 8.239

Source

तत्रैव— लोकेषु ध्वज-भूतः स्याद् दत्त्वा विष्णोर् वरꣳ ध्वजम् । शक्र-लोकम् अवाप्नोति बहून् अब्द-गणान् नरः

tatraiva— lokeṣu dhvaja-bhūtaḥ syād dattvā viṣṇor varaṁ dhvajam | śakra-lokam avāpnoti bahūn abda-gaṇān naraḥ

English translation

One who offers a beautiful flag to Lord Visnu will becomes prominent, just like a flag, in human society. Such a person will become eligible to live in the abode of Indra.

HBV 8.240

Source

किꣳ च— युक्तꣳ पीत-पताकाभिर् निवेद्य गरुड-ध्वजम् । केशवाय द्विज-श्रेष्ठः सर्व-लोके महीयते इति

kiṁ ca— yuktaṁ pīta-patākābhir nivedya garuḍa-dhvajam | keśavāya dvija-śreṣṭhaḥ sarva-loke mahīyate iti

English translation

O exalted brdhmanas, one who offers a yellow flag that is decorated with the symbol of Garura to Lord Kesava will be worshiped throughout the universe.

HBV 8.241

Source

यत्-प्रसादे ध्वजारोप-माहात्म्यꣳ लिखितꣳ पुरा । तद् अत्राप्य् अखिलꣳ ज्ञेयꣳ तत्रात्रत्यꣳ इदꣳ तथा

yat-prasāde dhvajāropa-māhātmyaṁ likhitaṁ purā | tad atrāpy akhilaṁ jñeyaṁ tatrātratyaṁ idaṁ tathā

English translation

One should know for certain that the glorification of the merit of placing a flag on top of a temple that is mentioned in various Vedic literatures can be obtained by anyone. One should not have any doubt in this matter.

246 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.242

Source

किꣳ च भविष्ये— विष्णोर् ध्वजे तु सौवर्णम् दण्डꣳ कुर्याद् विचक्षणः । पताका चापि पीता स्याद् गरुडस्य समीप-गा

kiṁ ca bhaviṣye— viṣṇor dhvaje tu sauvarṇam daṇḍaṁ kuryād vicakṣaṇaḥ | patākā cāpi pītā syād garuḍasya samīpa-gā

English translation

Learned devotees should prepare a nice flag having a handle made of gold and offer it to Lord Visnu. The color of the flag should be yellow and it should be placed next to Garuda.

HBV 8.243

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— तल-व्र्ण्त-प्रदानेन निर्वृतिꣳ प्राप्नुयात् परम्

viṣṇu-dharmottare— tala-vrṇta-pradānena nirvṛtiṁ prāpnuyāt param

English translation

By offering a fan made from a palm leaf to the Lord, one will achieve great happiness.

HBV 8.244

Source

तत्रैव— वितानक-प्रदानेन सर्व-पापैः प्रमुच्यते । परꣳ निर्वृतिम् आप्नोति यत्र तत्राभिजायते

tatraiva— vitānaka-pradānena sarva-pāpaiḥ pramucyate | paraṁ nirvṛtim āpnoti yatra tatrābhijāyate

English translation

By offering a canopy to the Lord, one becomes relieved of all sinful reactions. Such a person will obtain immense happiness wherever he may be born.

HBV 8.245

Source

दत्त्वा निस्त्रिꣳशकान् मुख्यान् शत्रुभिर् नाभिभूयते । दत्त्वा तद्-बन्धनꣳ मुख्यम् अग्न्य्-आधेय-फलꣳ लभेत्

dattvā nistriṁśakān mukhyān śatrubhir nābhibhūyate | dattvā tad-bandhanaṁ mukhyam agny-ādheya-phalaṁ labhet

English translation

One will never be defeated by his enemy if he offers a nice trident to Lord Visnu. By offering a box for keeping the trident, one is awarded the merit of performing a sacrifice.

HBV 8.246–247

Source

किꣳ च— पतद्-ग्रहꣳ तथा दत्त्वा शुभदस् त्व् अभिजायते । पाद-पीठ-प्रदानेन स्थानꣳ सर्वत्र विन्दति दर्पणस्य प्रदानेन रूपवान् दर्पवान् भवेत् । मार्जयित्वा तथा तꣳ च शुभगस् त्व् अभिजायते

kiṁ ca— patad-grahaṁ tathā dattvā śubhadas tv abhijāyate | pāda-pīṭha-pradānena sthānaṁ sarvatra vindati darpaṇasya pradānena rūpavān darpavān bhavet | mārjayitvā tathā taṁ ca śubhagas tv abhijāyate

English translation

One who offers a spitoon to the Lord achieves auspiciousness. One will always be victorious by offering a mat for keeping the Lord's shoes. By providing a mirror to the Lord, the donor becomes attractive and prestigious. By cleaning the mirror before offering it to the Lord, one attains good fortune.

HBV 8.248

Source

यत् किञ्चिद् देव-देवाय दद्याद् भक्ति-समन्वितः । तद् एवाक्षयम् आप्नोति स्वर्ग-लोकꣳ स गच्छति

yat kiñcid deva-devāya dadyād bhakti-samanvitaḥ | tad evākṣayam āpnoti svarga-lokaṁ sa gacchati

English translation

It is certain that no matter what one devotedly offers to Sri Visnu, the Lord of demigods, he will achieve unlimited benefit and become qualified to attain the heavenly planets.

HBV 8.249

Source

किꣳ च, वामन-पुराणे श्री-बलिꣳ प्रति श्री-प्रह्लादोक्तौ— श्रद्दधानैर् भक्ति-परैर् यान्य् उद्दिश्य जनार्दनम् । बलि-दानानि दीयन्ते अक्षयानि विदुर् बुधः

kiṁ ca, vāmana-purāṇe śrī-baliṁ prati śrī-prahlādoktau— śraddadhānair bhakti-parair yāny uddiśya janārdanam | bali-dānāni dīyante akṣayāni vidur budhaḥ

English translation

248 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA sraddadhdnair bhakti-parair ydny uddisya jandrdanam bali-ddndni dlyante aksaydni vidur budhdh Whatever one offers to Lord Janardana with faith and devotion will yield unending merit. This is the conclusion of learned personalities.

HBV 8.250

Source

अत्रापि केचिद् इच्छन्ति दत्त्वा पुष्पाञ्जलि-त्रयम् । पूर्वोक्त दश शङ्खाद्या मुद्राः सन्दर्शयेत् इति ।

atrāpi kecid icchanti dattvā puṣpāñjali-trayam | pūrvokta daśa śaṅkhādyā mudrāḥ sandarśayet iti |

English translation

Some people are of the opinion that at this point, one should offer flowers three times and then display the ten mudrds, beginning with the sankha-mndrd.

HBV 8.251

Source

ततो विचित्रैर् ललितैः कारितैर् वा स्वयꣳ कृतैः । गीतैर् वाद्यैश् च नृत्यैश् च श्री-कृष्णꣳ परितोषयेत्

tato vicitrair lalitaiḥ kāritair vā svayaṁ kṛtaiḥ | gītair vādyaiś ca nṛtyaiś ca śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ paritoṣayet

English translation

Thereafter, one should please Lord Krsna—either by personally singing, dancing, and playing musical instruments, or by having others engage in this way.

HBV 8.252–254

Source

नृत्यादि कुर्वतो भक्तान् नोपविष्टो’वलोकयेत् । न च तिर्यग् व्रजेत् तत्र तैः सहान्तरयन् प्रभुम् तथा चोक्तꣳ— नृत्यन्तꣳ वैष्णवꣳ हर्साद् आसीनो यस् तु पश्यति । खञ्जो भवति राजेन्द्र सो’यꣳ जन्मनि जन्मनि किꣳ च— नृत्यताꣳ गायताꣳ मध्ये भक्तानाꣳ केशवस्य च । तान् ऋते यस् तिरो याति तिर्यग्-योनिꣳ स गच्छति

nṛtyādi kurvato bhaktān nopaviṣṭo’valokayet | na ca tiryag vrajet tatra taiḥ sahāntarayan prabhum tathā coktaṁ— nṛtyantaṁ vaiṣṇavaṁ harsād āsīno yas tu paśyati | khañjo bhavati rājendra so’yaṁ janmani janmani kiṁ ca— nṛtyatāṁ gāyatāṁ madhye bhaktānāṁ keśavasya ca | tān ṛte yas tiro yāti tiryag-yoniṁ sa gacchati

English translation

When devottes are chanting and dancing, no one should watch while sitting down. No one should stand before the Lord, or along with the dancing devotees, keeping his back to the Deities or the devotees. One should not walk through the assembled devotees in a disturbing manner. O foremost of kings, a person who watches a Vaisnava dancing in ecstatic love while sitting down will become a lame man in his subsequent births. Apart from devotees, those who obstruct the view of the Deities or His devotees will next be born as animals.

HBV 8.255–256

Source

नारसिꣳहे— गीत-वाद्यादिकꣳ नाट्यम् शङ्ख-तुर्यादि-निस्वनम् । यः कारयति विष्णोस् तु सन्ध्यायाꣳ मन्दिरे नरः । सर्व-काले विशेषेण कामगः काम-रूपवान् सु-सङ्गीत-विदग्धैश् च सेव्यमानो’प्सरो-गणैः । महार्हेण विमानेन विचित्रेण विराजता । स्वर्गात् स्वर्गम् अनुप्राप्य विष्णु-लोके महीयते

nārasiṁhe— gīta-vādyādikaṁ nāṭyam śaṅkha-turyādi-nisvanam | yaḥ kārayati viṣṇos tu sandhyāyāṁ mandire naraḥ | sarva-kāle viśeṣeṇa kāmagaḥ kāma-rūpavān su-saṅgīta-vidagdhaiś ca sevyamāno’psaro-gaṇaiḥ | mahārheṇa vimānena vicitreṇa virājatā | svargāt svargam anuprāpya viṣṇu-loke mahīyate

English translation

ndrasirhhe (In the 'Narasirhha Purana it is stated) gita-vddyddikarh ndtyarh sankha-turyddi-nisvanam yah kdrayati visnos tu sandhydydrh mandire narah sarva-kdle visesena kdmagah kdma-rupavan su-sanglta-vidagdhais ca sevyamdno 'psaro-ganaih vimanena vicitrena virdjdta svargdt svargam anuprdpya visnuloke mahlyate A person who daily, especially in the evening—sings, plays musical instruments, performs dramas, blows the conch or plays drums—either

250 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA himself or engages others to do so—becomes qualified to go anywhere he likes, take any form he likes, and enjoy the company of celestial women who are expert in the art of music. Such a devotee can freely travel from one planet to another while sitting on a celestial chariot. At the end of all this material enjoyment, he returns to the abode of Lord Visnu.

HBV 8.257

Source

स्कान्दे विष्णु-नारद-सꣳवादे— गीतꣳ वाद्यꣳ च नृत्यꣳ च नाट्यꣳ विष्णु-कथाꣳ मुने । यः करोति स पुण्यात्मा त्रैलोक्योपरि सꣳस्थितः

skānde viṣṇu-nārada-saṁvāde— gītaṁ vādyaṁ ca nṛtyaṁ ca nāṭyaṁ viṣṇu-kathāṁ mune | yaḥ karoti sa puṇyātmā trailokyopari saṁsthitaḥ

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Pur ana it is stated) gitarh vddyarh ca nrtyarh ca ndtyarh visnu-kathdrh mune yah karoti sa punydtmd trailokyopari sarhsthitah O sage, the pious soul who sings, plays musical instruments, dances, and enacts dramas while engaged in glorifing the name, forms, qualities, and pastimes of Lord Visnu surpassess the three worlds and ascends to the abode of the Lord, Vaikuntha.

HBV 8.258–259

Source

बृहन्-नारदीये श्री-यम-भगीरथ-सꣳवादे— देवतायतने यस् तु भक्ति-युक्तः प्रनृत्यति । गीतानि गायत्य् अथवा तत्-फलꣳ शृणु भू-पते गन्धर्व-राजताꣳ गणैर् नृत्याद् रुद्र-गणेशताम् । प्राप्नोत्य् अष्ट-कुलैर् युक्तस् ततः स्यान् मोक्ष-भाङ् नरः

bṛhan-nāradīye śrī-yama-bhagīratha-saṁvāde— devatāyatane yas tu bhakti-yuktaḥ pranṛtyati | gītāni gāyaty athavā tat-phalaṁ śṛṇu bhū-pate gandharva-rājatāṁ gaṇair nṛtyād rudra-gaṇeśatām | prāpnoty aṣṭa-kulair yuktas tataḥ syān mokṣa-bhāṅ naraḥ

English translation

in the Brhan-ndradiya Purana the following verses are found) devatdyatane yas tu bhakti-yuktah pranrtyati gltdni gdyaty athavd tat-phalarh srnu bhu-pate gandharva-rdjatdrh gdnair nrtydd rudra-ganesatdm prapnoty asta-kulair yuktas tatah sydn moksa-bhdn narah O King, hear now about the merit one achieves by chanting and dancing in the temple of the Supreme Lord. Such a devotee becomes qualified to be installed a king of the Gandharvas because of his singing, and a king of the

tollowers of Rudra because of his dancing. He not only delivers himself but also, eight generations of his family.

HBV 8.260–262

Source

लिङ्गे श्री-मार्कण्डेयाम्बरीष-सꣳवादे— विष्णु-क्षेत्रे तु यो विद्वान् कारयेद् भक्ति-सꣳयुतः । गन-नृत्यादिकꣳ चैव विष्ण्व्-आख्यꣳ च कथाꣳ तथा जातिꣳ स्मृतिꣳ च मेधाꣳ च तथैव परमाꣳ स्थितिम् । प्राप्नोति विष्णु-सालोक्यꣳ सत्यम् एतन् नाराधिप अन्यत्र च श्री-भगवद्-उक्तौ— विसृज्य लज्जाꣳ यो’धीते गायते नृत्यते’पि च । कुल-कोटि-समायुक्तो लभते मामकꣳ पदम्

liṅge śrī-mārkaṇḍeyāmbarīṣa-saṁvāde— viṣṇu-kṣetre tu yo vidvān kārayed bhakti-saṁyutaḥ | gana-nṛtyādikaṁ caiva viṣṇv-ākhyaṁ ca kathāṁ tathā jātiṁ smṛtiṁ ca medhāṁ ca tathaiva paramāṁ sthitim | prāpnoti viṣṇu-sālokyaṁ satyam etan nārādhipa anyatra ca śrī-bhagavad-uktau— visṛjya lajjāṁ yo’dhīte gāyate nṛtyate’pi ca | kula-koṭi-samāyukto labhate māmakaṁ padam

English translation

is recorded in the Linga Pur ana these verses are found) visnu-ksetre tu yo vidvdn kdrayed bhakti-samyutah. gdna-nrtyddikarh caiva visnv-dkhydrh ca kathdrh tathd jdtirh smrtirh ca medhdrh ca tathaiva paramarh sthitim prdpnoti visnu-sdlokyam satyam etan narddhipa visrjya lajjdrh yo 'dhlte gdyate nrtyate 'pi ca kula-koti-samayukto labhate mamakarh padam O King, a learned person who devotedly makes arrangements for chanting and dancing in glorification of Lord Hari, especially in a holy place of pilgrimage, or in a temple of the Lord, attains a noble birth, good intelligence, a sharp memory, and steadyness in devotional service to the Supreme Lord. There is no doubt that such a person will eventually go back to the abode of Lord Visnu. One who gives up shyness and recites verses or sings in glorification of t h e Lord, or dances before the Deity, ascends to My abode, along with ten million generations of his family.

HBV 8.263

Source

अत एवोक्तꣳ— भारते नृत्य-गीते तु कुर्यात् स्वाभाविके’पि वा । स्वाभाविकेन भगवान् प्रीणातीत्य् आह शौनकः

ata evoktaṁ— bhārate nṛtya-gīte tu kuryāt svābhāvike’pi vā | svābhāvikena bhagavān prīṇātīty āha śaunakaḥ

English translation

252 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA One should spontaneously chant and dance before the Deities while glorifying Him with one's own words, or verses compiled by the sage, Bharata. To please the Lord, one shoud spontaneously sing His glories and dance in ecstasy. This is the opinion of the sage, Saunaka.

HBV 8.264

Source

अत एव नारदीये— विष्णोर् गीतꣳ च नृत्यꣳ च नटानाꣳ च विशेषतः । ब्रह्मन् ब्राह्मण-जातीनाꣳ कर्तव्यꣳ नित्य-कर्म-वत्

ata eva nāradīye— viṣṇor gītaṁ ca nṛtyaṁ ca naṭānāṁ ca viśeṣataḥ | brahman brāhmaṇa-jātīnāṁ kartavyaṁ nitya-karma-vat

English translation

O brahmana, it is the duty of all devotees to sing about the Lord, perform dramas depicting His pastimes, and dance before the Deity of Lord Visnu, for His satisfaction.

HBV 8.265

Source

किन्तु स्मृतौ--- गीत-नृत्यानि कुर्वीत देव-द्विजादि-तुष्टये । न जीवनाय युञ्जीत विप्रो पाप-भिया क्वचित्

kintu smṛtau--- gīta-nṛtyāni kurvīta deva-dvijādi-tuṣṭaye | na jīvanāya yuñjīta vipro pāpa-bhiyā kvacit

English translation

For the pleasure of the Supreme Lord and His devotees, one should sing the glories of the Lord and dance in a joyful mood. However, one should never do this simply for the purpose of earning his livelihood. A person who does so incurs sin.

HBV 8.266

Source

एवꣳ कृष्ण-प्रीणनत्वाद् गीतादेर् नित्यता परा । सꣳसिद्धैर् अविशेषेन ज्ञेया सा हरि-वसरे

evaṁ kṛṣṇa-prīṇanatvād gītāder nityatā parā | saṁsiddhair aviśeṣena jñeyā sā hari-vasare

English translation

Exalted devotees have always recommended chanting and dancing before the Deities because it is very pleasing to Lord Krsna. It is especially recommended to chant and dance before the Deities on Ekadasi.

HBV 8.267

Source

तथा चोक्तꣳ— केशवाग्रे नृत्य-गीतꣳ न करोति हरेर् दिने । वह्निना किꣳ न दग्धो’सौ गतः किꣳ न रसातलꣳ

tathā coktaṁ— keśavāgre nṛtya-gītaṁ na karoti harer dine | vahninā kiṁ na dagdho’sau gataḥ kiṁ na rasātalaṁ

English translation

Does not a person who fails to chant and dance before Lord Kesava, especially on auspicious days, such as Ekadasi, become burnt in a fire or else, later on, enter hell? One must surely sing and dance before Lord Kesava, for His pleasure.

HBV 8.268

Source

द्वारका-माहात्म्ये श्री-मर्कन्देयेन्द्रद्युम्न-सꣳवादे— कृष्णꣳ सन्तोषयेद् यस् तु सु-गीतैर् मधुर-स्वनैः । सर्व-वेद-फलꣳ तस्य जायते नात्र सꣳशयः

dvārakā-māhātmye śrī-markandeyendradyumna-saṁvāde— kṛṣṇaṁ santoṣayed yas tu su-gītair madhura-svanaiḥ | sarva-veda-phalaṁ tasya jāyate nātra saṁśayaḥ

English translation

that is recorded in the Dvdraka'mahdtmya these verses are found) krsnarh santosayed yas tu su-gltair madhura-svanaih sarva-veda-phalarh tasya jdyate ndtra samsayah One who satisfies Lord Krsna by singing His glories for His pleasure undoubtetly receives the merit of studying all the Vedic literatures.

HBV 8.269

Source

स्कान्दे श्री-महादेवोक्तौ— श्रुति-कोटि-समꣳ जप्यꣳ जप-कोटि-समꣳ हविः । हविह्-कोटि-समꣳ गेयꣳ गेयꣳ गेय-समꣳ विदुः

skānde śrī-mahādevoktau— śruti-koṭi-samaṁ japyaṁ japa-koṭi-samaṁ haviḥ | havih-koṭi-samaṁ geyaṁ geyaṁ geya-samaṁ viduḥ

English translation

By chanting mantras one achieves ten million times the benefit derived by studying the Vedas. By offering food to the Lord one receives the merit of chanting ten million mantras. Singing the Lord's glories is equal to offering

254 SRI HARI-BHAKTI'VILASA food to the Lord ten million times. There is nothing equal to singing the Lord's glories.

HBV 8.270

Source

कसि-खण्डे विष्णु-दूत-शिवशर्म-सꣳवादे— यदि गीतꣳ क्वचिद् गीतꣳ श्रीमद्-धरि-हराङ्कितम् । मोक्षꣳ तु तत् फलꣳ प्राहुह् सान्निध्यम् अथवा तयोः

kasi-khaṇḍe viṣṇu-dūta-śivaśarma-saṁvāde— yadi gītaṁ kvacid gītaṁ śrīmad-dhari-harāṅkitam | mokṣaṁ tu tat phalaṁ prāhuh sānnidhyam athavā tayoḥ

English translation

that is found in the Kasi-khanda it is stated) yadi gitam kvacid gitam srimad-dhari-hardnkitam moksam tu tat phalarh prahuh sannidhydm athavd tayoh Glorification of Lord Hari or His devotees, headed by Siva, awards one either liberation, or the association of Lord Hari or Lord Siva.

HBV 8.271

Source

विष्णुशर्मे श्री-भगवद्-उक्तौ— रागेणाकृष्यते चेतो गान्धर्वाभिमुखꣳ यदि । मयि बुद्धिꣳ समास्थाय गायेथ मम सत्-कथाः

viṣṇuśarme śrī-bhagavad-uktau— rāgeṇākṛṣyate ceto gāndharvābhimukhaṁ yadi | mayi buddhiṁ samāsthāya gāyetha mama sat-kathāḥ

English translation

If your heart is attracted by melodious songs then simply engage your mind in thinking of Me, hearing about Me, and singing songs in glorification of My pastimes, such as the rdsa-lild, in the association of devotees.

HBV 8.272

Source

हरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये यो गायति सम् अनिशꣳ भुवि भक्ता उच्चैः स द्राण् समस्त-जन-पाप-भिदे’लम् एकः । दीपेस्व् असत्स्व् अपि ननु प्रति-गेहम् अन्तर् ध्वान्तꣳ किम् अत्र विलसत्य् अमले द्यु-नाथे

hari-bhakti-sudhodaye yo gāyati sam aniśaṁ bhuvi bhaktā uccaiḥ sa drāṇ samasta-jana-pāpa-bhide’lam ekaḥ | dīpesv asatsv api nanu prati-geham antar dhvāntaṁ kim atra vilasaty amale dyu-nāthe

English translation

A devotee who is accustomed to loudly chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord certainly becomes qualified to destroy the sinful reactions of all the people of this world. Doesn't one's house become illuminated by sunlight, even if there is a lack of artificial light?

HBV 8.273

Source

यद् आनन्द-कलꣳ गायन् भक्तः पुण्याश्रु वर्षति । तत् सर्व-तीर्थ-सलिल-स्नानꣳ स्व-मल-शोधनꣳ

yad ānanda-kalaṁ gāyan bhaktaḥ puṇyāśru varṣati | tat sarva-tīrtha-salila-snānaṁ sva-mala-śodhanaṁ

English translation

The tears of love that are shed by the devotees when they sing the glories oi the Lord in choked voices nullifies their sinful reactions and awards them the merit of being born in all the holy places.

HBV 8.274–276

Source

वाराहे -- ब्राह्मणो वासुदेवार्थꣳ गायमनो’निशꣳ परम् । सम्यक् ताल-प्रयोगेण सन्निपातेन वा पुनः नव वर्ष-सहस्राणि नव वर्ष-शतानि च । कुवेर-भवनꣳ गत्वा मोदते वै यदृच्छया कुवेर-भवनाद् भ्रष्टः स्वच्छन्द-गमनालयः । फलम् आप्नोति सुश्रोणि मम कर्म-परायणः

vārāhe -- brāhmaṇo vāsudevārthaṁ gāyamano’niśaṁ param | samyak tāla-prayogeṇa sannipātena vā punaḥ nava varṣa-sahasrāṇi nava varṣa-śatāni ca | kuvera-bhavanaṁ gatvā modate vai yadṛcchayā kuvera-bhavanād bhraṣṭaḥ svacchanda-gamanālayaḥ | phalam āpnoti suśroṇi mama karma-parāyaṇaḥ

English translation

O beautiful lady, if a brahmarux sings songs in glorification of Lord Vasudeva, having properly mastered the art of musical composition, he certainly attains the abode of Kuvera, where he enjoys life for nine thousand nine hundred celestial years. Thereafter, according to his will, he wanders over the world and ultimately achieves devotional service to Me.

HBV 8.277

Source

नारायणानाꣳ विधिना गानꣳ श्रेष्ठतमꣳ स्मृतम् । गानेनाराधितो विष्णुह् स्व-कीर्ति-जन-वर्चसा ददाति । तुष्टः स्थानꣳ स्वꣳ यथास्मै कौशिकया वै

nārāyaṇānāṁ vidhinā gānaṁ śreṣṭhatamaṁ smṛtam | gānenārādhito viṣṇuh sva-kīrti-jana-varcasā dadāti | tuṣṭaḥ sthānaṁ svaṁ yathāsmai kauśikayā vai

English translation

256 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA daddti tustah sthdnarh svarh yathdsmai kausikdya vai Among all the prescribed duties for human society, and among all types of sddhana prescribed for the worship of the Supreme Lord, singing the glories of the Lord has been ascertained as the foremost. The knowledge, influence, and glory of a person who worships Lord Visnu by singing His glories gradually increase. Being pleased with such a devotee, the Lord awards him a place in His own abode.

HBV 8.278–279

Source

किꣳ च— एष वो मुनि-शार्दूलः प्रोक्तो गीत-क्रमो मुनेः । ब्राह्मणो वासुदेवाख्यꣳ गायमानो’निशꣳ परम् हरेः सालोक्यम् आप्नोति रुद्र-गानाधिको भवेत् । कर्मणा मनसा वाचा वासुदेव-परायणः । गायन् नृत्यꣳस् तम् आप्नोति तस्माद् गेयꣳ परꣳ विदुः

kiṁ ca— eṣa vo muni-śārdūlaḥ prokto gīta-kramo muneḥ | brāhmaṇo vāsudevākhyaṁ gāyamāno’niśaṁ param hareḥ sālokyam āpnoti rudra-gānādhiko bhavet | karmaṇā manasā vācā vāsudeva-parāyaṇaḥ | gāyan nṛtyaṁs tam āpnoti tasmād geyaṁ paraṁ viduḥ

English translation

O foremost sages, I have already described to you how the great sage, Narada, had learned the art of music. If brahrna-nas always engage themselves in singing the glories of Lord Vasudeva, they will attain the liberation of remaining with the Lord in His abode. They may also receive the chance to become even more expert in the art of music than Rudra. By chanting and dancing before Lord Visnu, thus utilizing one's body, mind, and words, one certainly attains His lotus feet. Therefore, it must be concluded that for attaining the shelter of the Supreme Lord, singing His glories is the principal means.

HBV 8.280

Source

प्रथम-स्कन्धे श्री-नारदोक्तौ (१.६.३३)— प्रगायतः स्व-वीर्याणि तीर्थ-पदः प्रिय-श्रवः । अहुत इव मे सिघ्रम् दर्शनꣳ याति चेतसि

prathama-skandhe śrī-nāradoktau (1.6.33)— pragāyataḥ sva-vīryāṇi tīrtha-padaḥ priya-śravaḥ | ahuta iva me sighram darśanaṁ yāti cetasi

English translation

The Supreme Lord Sri Krsna, whose glories and activities are pleasing to hear, at once appears on the seat of my heart, as if called for, as soon as I begin to chant His holy activities.

HBV 8.281–282

Source

द्वादश-स्कन्धे (१२.१२.४९-५०) श्री-सूतोक्तौ— मृषा गिरस् ता ह्य् असतीर् असत्-कथा न कथ्यते यद् भगवान् अधोक्षजः । तद् एव सत्यꣳ तद् उहैव मङ्गलꣳ तद् एव पुण्यꣳ भगवद्-गुनोदयम् तद् एव रम्यꣳ रुचिरꣳ नवꣳ नवꣳ तद् एव शश्वन् मनसो महोत्सवम् । तद् एव शोकार्णव-शोषणꣳ नॄणाꣳ यद् उत्तम-श्लोक-यशो’नुगीयते

dvādaśa-skandhe (12.12.49-50) śrī-sūtoktau— mṛṣā giras tā hy asatīr asat-kathā na kathyate yad bhagavān adhokṣajaḥ | tad eva satyaṁ tad uhaiva maṅgalaṁ tad eva puṇyaṁ bhagavad-gunodayam tad eva ramyaṁ ruciraṁ navaṁ navaṁ tad eva śaśvan manaso mahotsavam | tad eva śokārṇava-śoṣaṇaṁ nṝṇāṁ yad uttama-śloka-yaśo’nugīyate

English translation

the Twelveth Canto of the Srimad-Bhagavatam) mrsd giras ta hy asatir asat-kathd na kathyate yad bhagavdn adhoksajah tad eva satyam tad uhaiva mangalam tad eva punyam bhagavad-gunodayam tad evam ramyarh rucirarh navarh navam tad eva iaivan manaso mahotsavam tad eva iokdrnava-iosanam nrndrh yad uttama-sloka-yaso 'nuglyate Words that do not describe the transcendental Personality of Godhead but instead deal with temporary matters are simply false and useless. Only those words that manifest the transcendental qualities of the Supreme Lord are actually truthful, auspicious and pious. Those words describing the glories of the all-famous Personality of Godhead are attractive, relishable and ever fresh. Indeed, such words are a perpetual festival for the mind, and they dry up the ocean of misery.

HBV 8.283

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— दत्त्वा च गीतꣳ धर्म-ज्ञा गन्धर्वैः सह मोदते । स्वयꣳ गीतेन सम्पूज्य तस्यैवानुचरो भवेत्

viṣṇu-dharmottare— dattvā ca gītaṁ dharma-jñā gandharvaiḥ saha modate | svayaṁ gītena sampūjya tasyaivānucaro bhavet

English translation

258 SRI HARI-BHAKTI'VILASA O pious living entities, those who worship the Supreme Lord by arranging for singing and dancing will receive the opportunity to play music with the Gandharvas. One who worships Lord Visnu by personally singing His glories becomes an eternal associate of the Lord.

HBV 8.284–285

Source

पाद्मे श्री-कृष्ण-सत्यभामा-सꣳवादीय-कार्त्तिक-माहात्म्ये श्री-पृथु-नारद-सꣳवादे श्री-भगवद्-उक्तौ— नाहꣳ वसामि वैकुण्ठे न योगि-हृदयेषु वा । मद्-भक्ता यत्र गायन्ति तत्र तिष्ठामि नारद तेषाꣳ पूजादिकꣳ गन्ध-पद्याद्यैः क्रियते नरैः । तेन प्रीतिꣳ पराꣳ यामि न तथा मत्-पूजनात्

pādme śrī-kṛṣṇa-satyabhāmā-saṁvādīya-kārttika-māhātmye śrī-pṛthu-nārada-saṁvāde śrī-bhagavad-uktau— nāhaṁ vasāmi vaikuṇṭhe na yogi-hṛdayeṣu vā | mad-bhaktā yatra gāyanti tatra tiṣṭhāmi nārada teṣāṁ pūjādikaṁ gandha-padyādyaiḥ kriyate naraiḥ | tena prītiṁ parāṁ yāmi na tathā mat-pūjanāt

English translation

mahatmya section of the Padma Purdna, these verses were quoted by the Lord, as spoken by Him to Narada) ndharh vasdmi vaikunthe na yogi-hrdayesu vd mad-bhaktd yatra gdyanti tatra tisthdmi narada tesdrh pujddikarh gandha- padyddyaih kriyate naraih tena pritirh pardrh ydmi na tathd mat-pujandt O Narada, I do not reside in My abode, Vaikuntha, nor do I live within the hearts of the yogis. I always reside where My devotees sing My glories. I do not become as pleased by being worshiped as I do by the worship of My devotees with offerings of pddya, arghya, and sandalwood paste.

HBV 8.286

Source

अत एवोक्तꣳ— कर्माण्य् औपायिकत्वेन ब्राह्मणो’न्य इति स्मृतः । कारिकायाम् अतः प्रोक्तꣳ विप्रो गीतै रमेद् इति

ata evoktaṁ— karmāṇy aupāyikatvena brāhmaṇo’nya iti smṛtaḥ | kārikāyām ataḥ proktaṁ vipro gītai ramed iti

English translation

Because the brahmanas are qualified to worship the Supreme Lord, they are addressed as the servants of Visnu by the compilers of the scriptures. It is therefore said that a brahmana will always become pleased by singing the Lord's glories.

HBV 8.287

Source

द्वारका-माहात्म्ये तत्रैव— यो नृत्यति प्रहृष्टात्मा भावैर् बहु-सुभक्तितः । स निर्दहति पापानि जन्मान्तर-शतेष्व् अपि

dvārakā-māhātmye tatraiva— yo nṛtyati prahṛṣṭātmā bhāvair bahu-subhaktitaḥ | sa nirdahati pāpāni janmāntara-śateṣv api

English translation

For a person who dances in ecstasy before the Deities, in a mood of pure devotion—all of his sinful reactions that were accumulated in hundreds of previous lifetimes become immediately burnt to ashes.

HBV 8.288

Source

हरि-भक्ति-सुधोदय— बहुधोत्सार्यते हर्षाद् विष्णु-भक्तस्य नृत्यतः । पद्भ्याꣳ भूमेर् दिशो’क्षिभ्याꣳ दोर्भ्याꣳ वामङ्गलꣳ दिवः

hari-bhakti-sudhodaya— bahudhotsāryate harṣād viṣṇu-bhaktasya nṛtyataḥ | padbhyāṁ bhūmer diśo’kṣibhyāṁ dorbhyāṁ vāmaṅgalaṁ divaḥ

English translation

When a devotee of Lord Visnu joyfully dances, the earth becomes purified by the touch of his feet, the four directions become purified by the sight of him, and the heavenly planets become purified by his raised hands.

HBV 8.289–290

Source

वाराहे— यश् च नृत्यति सुश्रोणि पुराणोक्तꣳ समासतः । त्रिꣳशद्-वर्ष-सहस्राणि त्रिꣳशद्-वर्ष-शतानि च । पुष्कर-द्वीपम् आसाद्य मोदते वै यदृच्छया पुष्कराच् च परिभ्रष्टः स्वच्छन्द-गमनालयः । फलम् आप्नोति सुश्रोणि मम कर्म-परायणः

vārāhe— yaś ca nṛtyati suśroṇi purāṇoktaṁ samāsataḥ | triṁśad-varṣa-sahasrāṇi triṁśad-varṣa-śatāni ca | puṣkara-dvīpam āsādya modate vai yadṛcchayā puṣkarāc ca paribhraṣṭaḥ svacchanda-gamanālayaḥ | phalam āpnoti suśroṇi mama karma-parāyaṇaḥ

English translation

260 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O beautiful lady, one who dances before the Deity, in the way that is prescribed in the literature spoken by the sage, Bharata, is next born in Puskara-dvipa, where he enjoys life for thirty-three thousand thirty-three hundred years. Thereafter, when he falls down from that position, he will wander over the earth, according to his will, before ultimately returning to My abode in the spiritual sky, as a result of his fixed devotion for Me.

HBV 8.291

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— नृत्यꣳ दत्त्वा तथाप्नोति रुद्र-लोकम् असꣳशयम् । स्वयꣳ नृत्येन सम्पूज्य तस्यैवानुचरो भवेत्

viṣṇu-dharmottare— nṛtyaṁ dattvā tathāpnoti rudra-lokam asaṁśayam | svayaṁ nṛtyena sampūjya tasyaivānucaro bhavet

English translation

By arranging a dancing program for the glorification of the Lord, one undoutedly attains the abode of Rudra. If a devotee personally dances before the Deities, he will become one of the Lord's associates.

HBV 8.292

Source

अन्यत्र श्री-नारदोक्तौ— नृत्यताꣳ श्रीपतेर् अग्रे तालिका-वादनैर् भृशम् । उड्डीयन्ते शरीर-स्थाः सर्वे पातक-पक्षिणः

anyatra śrī-nāradoktau— nṛtyatāṁ śrīpater agre tālikā-vādanair bhṛśam | uḍḍīyante śarīra-sthāḥ sarve pātaka-pakṣiṇaḥ

English translation

For those who repeatedly dance before the Deity of the husband of Laksmi while clapping thier hands—all the birds of sinful reactions fly away from their bodies.

HBV 8.293

Source

सङ्गीत-शास्त्रे— वीणा-वादन-तत्त्व-ज्ञह् श्रुति-जाति-विशारदः । तालज्ञश् चाप्रयासेन मोक्ष-मार्गꣳ नियच्छति

saṅgīta-śāstre— vīṇā-vādana-tattva-jñah śruti-jāti-viśāradaḥ | tālajñaś cāprayāsena mokṣa-mārgaṁ niyacchati

English translation

sangita'Sdstre (In the Sarigita-sdstra it is stated) vlnd-vddana-tattva-jnah sruti-jdti-visdradah tdlajnas cdpraydsena moksa-mdrgarh niyacchati

One who is expert at playing a stringed instrument, who has great knowledge of the subjects described in sruti and jdti, and who is expert at playing various musical compositions can easily gratify Lord Visnu, the master of liberation.

HBV 8.294–295

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— वाद्यꣳ दत्त्वा तथा विप्रह् शक्र-लोकम् अवाप्नुयात् । स्वयꣳ वद्येन सम्पूज्य तस्यैवनुचरो भवेत् वाद्यानाम् अपि देवस्य तन्त्री-वाद्यꣳ सदा प्रियम् । तेन सम्पूज्य वरदꣳ गाणपत्यम् अवाप्नुयात्

viṣṇu-dharmottare— vādyaṁ dattvā tathā viprah śakra-lokam avāpnuyāt | svayaṁ vadyena sampūjya tasyaivanucaro bhavet vādyānām api devasya tantrī-vādyaṁ sadā priyam | tena sampūjya varadaṁ gāṇapatyam avāpnuyāt

English translation

If a brahmana arranges a musical performance at the time of worshiping Lord Visnu in the temple, he will attain the position of Indra. If he personally takes part in the performance while the worship of the Lord is in progress, he will become an associate of the Lord. Among all types of musical instruments, the sound of the tantri is very pleasing to the Lord. Those who worship the Lord while playing the tantri will be transfered to the abode of Ganapati.

HBV 8.296

Source

शक्तश् चेत् स-परिवारꣳ कृष्णꣳ गन्धादिभिः पुनः । पञ्चोपचारैर् मूलेन सम्पूज्यार्घ्यꣳ समर्पयेत्

śaktaś cet sa-parivāraṁ kṛṣṇaṁ gandhādibhiḥ punaḥ | pañcopacārair mūlena sampūjyārghyaṁ samarpayet

English translation

.(Offering of worship once again, if one is able to do so) saktas cet sa-parlvdrarh krsnarh gandhddibhih punah pancopacdrair mulena sampujydrghyarh samarpayet Thereafter, if one is able to, he should once again worship Sri Krsna and His associates by offering Them flowers and sandalwood paste while chanting the mula mantras.

HBV 8.297–298

Source

ततश् च मूल-मन्त्रेन दत्त्वा पुष्पाञ्जलि-त्रयम् । महा-नीराजनꣳ कुर्यान् महा-वाद्य-जय-स्वनैः प्रज्वलयेत् तद्-अर्थꣳ च कर्पूरेण घृतेन वा । आरात्रिकꣳ शुभे पात्रे विषमानेक-वर्तिकꣳ

tataś ca mūla-mantrena dattvā puṣpāñjali-trayam | mahā-nīrājanaṁ kuryān mahā-vādya-jaya-svanaiḥ prajvalayet tad-arthaṁ ca karpūreṇa ghṛtena vā | ārātrikaṁ śubhe pātre viṣamāneka-vartikaṁ

English translation

262 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA tatas ca mula-mantrena dattvd puspdnjali-trayam mahd-nirdjanarh kurydn mahd-vddya-jaya-svanaih prajjvdlayet tad-artharh ca karpurena ghrtena vd drdtrikarh subhe patre visamdneka-vartikam Afterwards, one should offer flowers to the Deities three times while chanting the mula mantra and then perform a grand arati, accompanied by singing and the playing of musical instruments. For the articles to be offered, it is best if one uses a plate made of gold. If possible, the ghee lamp should also be made of gold and the ghee wicks should be covered with camphor. There should be an odd number of ghee wicks.

HBV 8.299

Source

स्कान्दे ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे— बहु-वर्त्ति-समायुक्तꣳ ज्वलन्तꣳ केशवोपरि । कुर्याद् आरात्रिकꣳ यस् तु कल्प-कोटिꣳ वसेद् दिवि

skānde brahma-nārada-saṁvāde— bahu-vartti-samāyuktaṁ jvalantaṁ keśavopari | kuryād ārātrikaṁ yas tu kalpa-koṭiṁ vased divi

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purdna it is stated) bahu-vartti-samdyuktarh jvalantarh kesavopari kurydd drdtrikarh yas tu kalpa-kotirh vased divi The person who offers arati to Lord Kesava with a nice lamp having many ghee wicks will reside in the heavenly planets for ten million kalpas.

HBV 8.300

Source

कर्पूरेन तु यः कुर्याद् भक्त्या केशव-मुर्धनि । आरात्रिकꣳ मुनि-श्रेष्ठ प्रविशेद् विष्णुम् अव्ययꣳ

karpūrena tu yaḥ kuryād bhaktyā keśava-murdhani | ārātrikaṁ muni-śreṣṭha praviśed viṣṇum avyayaṁ

English translation

O foremost of sages, one who devotedly offers a ghee lamp with camphor to the head of Lord Kesava is qualified to become an associate of the Supreme Lord, Visnu.

HBV 8.301

Source

तत्रैवन्यत्र— दीप्तिमन्तꣳ स-कर्पूरम् करोत्य् आरात्रिकꣳ नृप । कृष्णस्य वसते लोके सप्त कल्पानि मानवाः

tatraivanyatra— dīptimantaṁ sa-karpūram karoty ārātrikaṁ nṛpa | kṛṣṇasya vasate loke sapta kalpāni mānavāḥ

English translation

O King, one who worships Lord Krsna with a ghee lamp whose wicks are covered with camphor resides in His abode for seven kalpas.

HBV 8.302

Source

तत्रैव श्री-सिवोम-सꣳवादे— मन्त्र-हीनꣳ क्रिया-हीनम् यत् कृतꣳ पूजनꣳ हरेः । सर्वꣳ सम्पूर्णताम् एति कृते नीराजने शिवे

tatraiva śrī-sivoma-saṁvāde— mantra-hīnaṁ kriyā-hīnam yat kṛtaṁ pūjanaṁ hareḥ | sarvaṁ sampūrṇatām eti kṛte nīrājane śive

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Pur ana it is stated) mantra-hinam kriyd-hlnarh yat krtarh pujanam hareh sarvarh sampurnatdm eti krte nlrdjane sive O Parvati, simply by offering drati to the Supreme Lord, even if one's worship is performed without the chanting of mantras and the performance of other rituals, it becomes perfect and complete.

HBV 8.303

Source

हरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये— कृत्वा नीराजनꣳ विष्णोर् दीपावल्या सुदृश्यया । तमो-विकारꣳ जयति जिते तस्मिम्श् च को भवः

hari-bhakti-sudhodaye— kṛtvā nīrājanaṁ viṣṇor dīpāvalyā sudṛśyayā | tamo-vikāraṁ jayati jite tasmimś ca ko bhavaḥ

English translation

Lust, anger, and pride that are born of ignorance, as well as one's material entanglement, are destroyed simply by worshiping Lord Visnu with a beautiful ghee lamp.

HBV 8.304

Source

अन्यत्र च— कोटयो ब्रह्म-हत्यानाम् अगम्यागम-कोतयः । दहत्य् आलोक-मात्रेण विष्णोः सारात्रिकꣳ मुखꣳ इति ।

anyatra ca— koṭayo brahma-hatyānām agamyāgama-kotayaḥ | dahaty āloka-mātreṇa viṣṇoḥ sārātrikaṁ mukhaṁ iti |

English translation

264 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA dahaty aloka-matrena visnoh sdrdtrikarh mukham. iti. Just be seeing Lord Visnu's face, which looks very bright and beautiful at the time of drati, all of one's sins, even the killing of millions of brdhrnanas and having sexual relations with degraded women, are burnt to ashes.

HBV 8.305

Source

यच् च दीपस्य माहात्म्यꣳ पूर्वꣳ लिखितम् अस्ति तत् । द्रस्तव्यꣳ सर्वत्रापि प्रायेनाभेदतो’नयोः

yac ca dīpasya māhātmyaṁ pūrvaṁ likhitam asti tat | drastavyaṁ sarvatrāpi prāyenābhedato’nayoḥ

English translation

The glories of offering a ghee lamp after offering dhupa, as mentioned earlier, are also applicable to the offering of a ghee lamp during a grand drati ceremony.

HBV 8.306

Source

अतः सादरम् उत्थाय महा-नीराजनꣳ त्व् इदम् । द्रष्टव्यꣳ दीपवत् सर्वैर् वन्द्यम् आरात्रिकꣳ च यत्

ataḥ sādaram utthāya mahā-nīrājanaṁ tv idam | draṣṭavyaṁ dīpavat sarvair vandyam ārātrikaṁ ca yat

English translation

Thereafter, all the devotees should stand up and very respectfully take darsana of the ghee lamp and offer prayers to it, in the manner previously described.

HBV 8.307

Source

तद् उक्तꣳ श्री-पुलस्त्येन विष्णु-धर्मे— धूपꣳ चारात्रिकꣳ पश्येत् कराभ्याꣳ च प्रवन्दते । कुल-कोटिꣳ समुद्धृत्य याति विष्णोः परꣳ पदꣳ

tad uktaṁ śrī-pulastyena viṣṇu-dharme— dhūpaṁ cārātrikaṁ paśyet karābhyāṁ ca pravandate | kula-koṭiṁ samuddhṛtya yāti viṣṇoḥ paraṁ padaṁ

English translation

By taking darsana of both dhupa and dlpa, and offering prayers with folded hands, as they are being offered to the Supreme Lord, ten million generations of one's family are awarded liberation to that they can return back to Godhead.

HBV 8.308

Source

मूलागमे च— नीराजनꣳ च यः पश्येद् देव-देवस्य चक्रिणः । सप्त जन्मानि विप्रः स्याद् अन्ते च परमꣳ पदम्

mūlāgame ca— nīrājanaṁ ca yaḥ paśyed deva-devasya cakriṇaḥ | sapta janmāni vipraḥ syād ante ca paramaṁ padam

English translation

One who watches the drati ceremony of the Lord of the demigods, who holds a cakra in His hand, will be born as a brdhrnana in his next seven births and then return to the supreme abode of the Lord.

HBV 8.309

Source

बृहन्-नारदीये श्री-यम-भगीरथ-सꣳवादे— केशवायतने राजन् कुर्वन् शङ्ख-रवꣳ नरः । सर्व-पाप-विनिर्मुक्तो ब्रह्मणा सह मोदते

bṛhan-nāradīye śrī-yama-bhagīratha-saṁvāde— keśavāyatane rājan kurvan śaṅkha-ravaṁ naraḥ | sarva-pāpa-vinirmukto brahmaṇā saha modate

English translation

in the Brhan-ndradiya Purdna, the following verse is found) kesavayatane rdjan kurvan sankha-ravarh narah sarva-pdpa-vinirmukto brahmand saha modate O King, anyone who blows a conch in the temple of Lord Kesava is relieved of all sinful reactions so that after death, he will go to reside in the abode of the Supreme Lord.

HBV 8.310

Source

कर-शब्दꣳ प्रकुर्वन्ति केशवायतनेषु ये । ते सर्वे पाप-निर्मुक्ता विमानेशा युग-द्वयम्

kara-śabdaṁ prakurvanti keśavāyataneṣu ye | te sarve pāpa-nirmuktā vimāneśā yuga-dvayam

English translation

Those who clap their hands in the temple of Lord Kesava are liberated from all sins and thereafter, enjoy life while being carried in celestial chariots for a period of two milleniums.

HBV 8.311–312

Source

तालादि-काꣳस्य-निनदꣳ कुर्वन् विष्णु-गृहे नरः । यत् फलꣳ लभते राजन् शृणुष्व गदतो मम सर्व-पाप-विनिर्मुक्तो विमान-शत-सङ्कुलः । गीयमानश् च गन्धर्वैर् विष्णुना सह मोदते

tālādi-kāṁsya-ninadaṁ kurvan viṣṇu-gṛhe naraḥ | yat phalaṁ labhate rājan śṛṇuṣva gadato mama sarva-pāpa-vinirmukto vimāna-śata-saṅkulaḥ | gīyamānaś ca gandharvair viṣṇunā saha modate

English translation

266 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA yat phalam labhate rajan srnusva gadato mama sarva-pdpa-vinirmukto vimdna-sata-sankulah glyamdnas ca gandharvair visnund saha modate O King, please hear now about the benefit one achieves by playing a gong or karatdlas in the temple of Lord Visnu. Such a person becomes freed from all sinful reactions and then enjoy life in the association of Lord Visnu while boarding hundreds of celestial airplanes. At that time, the Gandharvas sing of his glories.

HBV 8.313–314

Source

भेरी-मृदङ्ग-पटह-मुरजैश् च स-डिण्डिमैः । सꣳप्रीणयन्ति देवेशꣳ तेषाꣳ पुण्य-फलꣳ शृणु देव-स्त्री-गण-सꣳयुक्ताः सर्व-कामैः समर्चिताः । स्वर्ग-लोकम् अनुप्राप्य मोदन्ते कल्प-पञ्चकम् इति ।

bherī-mṛdaṅga-paṭaha-murajaiś ca sa-ḍiṇḍimaiḥ | saṁprīṇayanti deveśaṁ teṣāṁ puṇya-phalaṁ śṛṇu deva-strī-gaṇa-saṁyuktāḥ sarva-kāmaiḥ samarcitāḥ | svarga-lokam anuprāpya modante kalpa-pañcakam iti |

English translation

Now, I will tell you about the benefit one attains by playing mrdangas, other large drums, and flutes, thereby pleasing the Lord of the demigods, Sri Visnu. Such a person attains the planets of the demigoes and enjoys life there in the company of hundreds of celestial women. Indeed, he remains in the heavenly planets for five kalpas.

HBV 8.315

Source

ततश् च स-जलꣳ शङ्खꣳ भगवन्-मस्तकोपरि । त्रि भ्रामयित्वा कुर्वीत पुनर् नीराजनꣳ प्रभोः

tataś ca sa-jalaṁ śaṅkhaṁ bhagavan-mastakopari | tri bhrāmayitvā kurvīta punar nīrājanaṁ prabhoḥ

English translation

Thereafter, one should take a small conch shell, fill it with water, and" offer it to the Lord by waving it in three circles above His head.

HBV 8.316

Source

द्वारका-माहात्म्ये तत्रैव— शङ्खे कृत्वा तु पानीयꣳ भ्रामितꣳ केशवोपरि । सन्निधौ वसते विष्णोः कल्पान्तꣳ क्षीर-सागरे इति ।

dvārakā-māhātmye tatraiva— śaṅkhe kṛtvā tu pānīyaṁ bhrāmitaṁ keśavopari | sannidhau vasate viṣṇoḥ kalpāntaṁ kṣīra-sāgare iti |

English translation

One who offers a conch filled with water by waving it in circles above the Lord's head will reside in the abode of Lord Visnu in the ocean of milk for a period of one kalpa.

HBV 8.317

Source

नीराजन-द्वयꣳ चैतत् ताम्बूलस्यार्पणꣳ परम् । केचिद् इच्छन्ति केचिच् च दर्पणार्पणतः परम्

nīrājana-dvayaṁ caitat tāmbūlasyārpaṇaṁ param | kecid icchanti kecic ca darpaṇārpaṇataḥ param

English translation

Some people offer arati to the Lord after offering tdmbula, or betel nuts, while other people offer arati to the Lord after showing Him a mirror.

HBV 8.318–319

Source

तथा च पञ्चरात्रे— पुनर् आचमनꣳ दद्यात् करोद्वर्तनम् एव च । स-कर्पूरꣳ च ताम्बूलम् कुर्यान् नीराजनꣳ तथा समर्प्य मुकुटादीनि भूषणानि विचक्षणः । आदर्शयेत् तथादर्शꣳ प्रकल्प्य छत्र-चामरे

tathā ca pañcarātre— punar ācamanaṁ dadyāt karodvartanam eva ca | sa-karpūraṁ ca tāmbūlam kuryān nīrājanaṁ tathā samarpya mukuṭādīni bhūṣaṇāni vicakṣaṇaḥ | ādarśayet tathādarśaṁ prakalpya chatra-cāmare

English translation

After offering dcamaniya a second time, washing one's hands, and giving betel nuts with camphor to the Lord, one should offer arati. Learned devotees should also offer a mirror to the Lord after decorating Him with ornaments.

268 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.320–321

Source

गारुडे च— अथ भुक्तवते दत्त्वा जलैः कर्पूर-वासितैः । आचमनꣳ च ताम्बूलम् चन्दनैः कर-मार्जनम् पुष्पाञ्जलिꣳ ततः कृत्वा भक्त्यादर्शꣳ प्रदर्शयेत् । नीराजनꣳ पुनः कार्यꣳ कर्पूरꣳ विभवे सति

gāruḍe ca— atha bhuktavate dattvā jalaiḥ karpūra-vāsitaiḥ | ācamanaṁ ca tāmbūlam candanaiḥ kara-mārjanam puṣpāñjaliṁ tataḥ kṛtvā bhaktyādarśaṁ pradarśayet | nīrājanaṁ punaḥ kāryaṁ karpūraṁ vibhave sati

English translation

After the offering of food, one should offer water mixed with camphor, and this should be followed by an offering of betel nuts, sandalwood paste, and flowers. Then, one should reverently show a mirror to the Lord. If one has the means, he should then offer a lamp with camphor.

HBV 8.322

Source

अत एव वायु-पुराणे— आरात्रिकꣳ तु निःस्नेहꣳ निःस्नेहयति देवताम् । अतः सꣳशमयित्वैव पुनः पूजनम् आचरेत्

ata eva vāyu-purāṇe— ārātrikaṁ tu niḥsnehaṁ niḥsnehayati devatām | ataḥ saṁśamayitvaiva punaḥ pūjanam ācaret

English translation

If, while offering arati, the lamp becomes very dim due to a lack of ghee then one can extinguish it, prepare a fresh lamp, and then continue the worship. There is no fault in extinguishing such a lamp, although this was prohibited earlier.

HBV 8.323

Source

अत एव द्वारका-माहात्म्ये— तत्रैव कृत्वा पूजादिकꣳ सर्वꣳ ज्वलन्तꣳ कृष्ण-मूर्धनि । आरात्रिकꣳ प्रकुर्वाणो मोदते कृष्ण-सन्निधौ इति ।

ata eva dvārakā-māhātmye— tatraiva kṛtvā pūjādikaṁ sarvaṁ jvalantaṁ kṛṣṇa-mūrdhani | ārātrikaṁ prakurvāṇo modate kṛṣṇa-sannidhau iti |

English translation

A person who, after completing his worship, offers a ghee lamp to Lord Krsna's head during arati, will certainly become eligible to enjoy life as one of the Lord's associates.

HBV 8.324

Source

केचिन् नीराजनत् पश्चाद् इच्छन्ति प्रणतिꣳ ततः । प्रदक्षिणꣳ ततः स्तोत्रꣳ गीत-नृत्यादिकꣳ ततः

kecin nīrājanat paścād icchanti praṇatiṁ tataḥ | pradakṣiṇaṁ tataḥ stotraṁ gīta-nṛtyādikaṁ tataḥ

English translation

Some devotees like to offer obeisances to the Lord after drati, followed by circumambulation of the Deities, offering prayers to the Lord, and continuous chanting and dancing.

HBV 8.325–326

Source

एवꣳ भगवतः स्व-स्व-सम्प्रदायानुसारतः । प्रवर्तन्ते प्रभोर् भक्तौ भक्त्या सर्वꣳ हि शोभनम् ततो निक्षिप्य देवस्योपरि पुस्पाञ्जलि-त्रयम् । विचित्रैर् मधुरैः स्तोत्रैह् स्तुतिꣳ कुर्वीत भक्तिमान्

evaṁ bhagavataḥ sva-sva-sampradāyānusārataḥ | pravartante prabhor bhaktau bhaktyā sarvaṁ hi śobhanam tato nikṣipya devasyopari puspāñjali-trayam | vicitrair madhuraiḥ stotraih stutiṁ kurvīta bhaktimān

English translation

In this way, according to their particular sampraddya, Vaisnavas should worship the Lord with love and devotion because anything done with devotion becomes perfect and complete. Thereafter, one should offer flowers on the head of Lord Hari three times and then began to offer Him very nice prayers.

HBV 8.327

Source

महाभारते— आरिराधयिषुः कृष्णꣳ वाचꣳ जिगदिषामि यम् । तया व्यास-समासिन्या प्रीयताꣳ मधुसूदनः इति ।

mahābhārate— ārirādhayiṣuḥ kṛṣṇaṁ vācaṁ jigadiṣāmi yam | tayā vyāsa-samāsinyā prīyatāṁ madhusūdanaḥ iti |

English translation

mahdbhdrate (In the Mahabhdrata it is stated) drirddhdyisuh krsnarh vacam jigddisdmi yam tayd vydsa-samdsinyd prlyatdrh madhusudanah. id. May all words spoken by the devotee as he worships Lord Krsna, whether they were brief or elaborate, give the killer of the Madhu demon pleasure.

270 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.328–329

Source

आरम्भे च स्तुतेर् एतम् श्लोकꣳ स्तुति-परः पठेत् । सत्याꣳ तस्याꣳ समाप्तौ च श्लोकꣳ सङ्कीर्तयेद् इमम् इति विद्या-तपो-योनिर् अयोनिर् विष्णुर् ईरितः । वग्-यज्ञेनार्चितो देवः प्रीयताꣳ मे जनार्दनः

ārambhe ca stuter etam ślokaṁ stuti-paraḥ paṭhet | satyāṁ tasyāṁ samāptau ca ślokaṁ saṅkīrtayed imam iti vidyā-tapo-yonir ayonir viṣṇur īritaḥ | vag-yajñenārcito devaḥ prīyatāṁ me janārdanaḥ

English translation

Before offering prayers to the Lord, one should chant the above- mentioned sloka, and after ending the prayers, one should chant the following sloka, beginning with iti: O Lord Janardana, You are unborn, You are the source of all knowledge and You are the object of all penance. You are adored by words of glorification and the performance of sacrifice. May You be pleased with me.

HBV 8.330

Source

पूर्व-तापनी-श्रुतिषु [ग्तु १.३४-४५] -- ओꣳ नमो विश्वरूपाय विश्व-स्थित्य्-अन्त-हेतवे । विश्वेश्वराय विश्वाय गोविन्दाय नमो नमः

pūrva-tāpanī-śrutiṣu [GTU 1.34-45] -- oṁ namo viśvarūpāya viśva-sthity-anta-hetave | viśveśvarāya viśvāya govindāya namo namaḥ

English translation

I glorify Lord Vasudeva with the following twelve mantras. O Supreme Lord, the entire universe is a manifestation of Your form. Because of this, You can be seen everywhere. I offer my respectful obeisances to You. You are the protector and destroyer of the universe. You are the supreme controller and the Lord of the universe because there is nothing separate from You. As Lord Govinda, You are the hero of Gokula. You always give protection to the cows, cowherd men and cowherd women of Vrndavana. You reveal Your glories through the medium of the Vedas. I offer my repeated obeisances to You.

HBV 8.331

Source

नमो विज्ञान-रूपाय परमानन्द-रूपिणे । कृष्णाय गोपीनाथाय गोविन्दाय नमो नमꣳ

namo vijñāna-rūpāya paramānanda-rūpiṇe | kṛṣṇāya gopīnāthāya govindāya namo namaṁ

English translation

You are the source of that transcendental knowledge, on the strength of which everything is revealed. You are the original source of all transcendental bliss. You are Sri Krsna, the all-blissful personality. You are all-attractive, the giver of pleasure to everyone. You are Gopinatha, the Lord of the gopis. O Govinda, I offer my obeisances to You, again and again.

HBV 8.332

Source

नमः कमल-नेत्राय नमः कमल-मालिने । नमः कमल-नाभाय कमला-पतये नमः

namaḥ kamala-netrāya namaḥ kamala-māline | namaḥ kamala-nābhāya kamalā-pataye namaḥ

English translation

O lotus-eyed Lord, simply by Your glance, everything becomes soothing and purified. You are decorated with a garland o{ lotus flowers. You enact Your transcendental pastimes with the support of Yogamaya. Brahma, the creator, appears from a lotus flower that sprouted from Your are the Lord of the gopis and Laksmis, the goddesses of fortune. My obeisances unto You.

HBV 8.333–334

Source

बर्हापीडाभिरामाय रामयाकुण्ठ-मेधसे । रमा-मानस-हꣳसाय गोविन्दाय नमो नमꣳ कꣳस-वꣳश-विनाशाय केशि-चाणूर-घातिने । वृषभ-ध्वज-वन्द्याय पार्थ-सारथये नमः

barhāpīḍābhirāmāya rāmayākuṇṭha-medhase | ramā-mānasa-haṁsāya govindāya namo namaṁ kaṁsa-vaṁśa-vināśāya keśi-cāṇūra-ghātine | vṛṣabha-dhvaja-vandyāya pārtha-sārathaye namaḥ

English translation

O Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krsna, when You perform Your pastimes in this material world, You decorate Yourself with peacock feathers. How beautiful You look! Lord Ramacandra is Your plenary portion. Knowledge of You is completely transcendental. You enjoy freely in the lake of the mind of Laksmidevi, just like a swan. O Govinda, my obeisances unto You, again and 334 kamsa-vamsa-vindsdya kesi-cdnura-ghdtine

272 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA vrsabhadhvaja-vandydya pdrtha-sdrathaye namah O Lord, You are the source of unlimited potencies. You are the destroyer of many demons, such as Kamsa. Indeed, You killed innumerable demons, such as Kesi and Canura. You are worshipable, even by exalted personalities, like Mahadeva. You displayed Your affection towards Your devotees by accepting the role of a chariot driver for Your friend, Arjuna.

HBV 8.335

Source

वेणु-वादन-शीलाय गोपालायाहि-मर्दिने । कालिन्दी-कूल-लोलाय लोल-कुण्डल-धारिणे

veṇu-vādana-śīlāya gopālāyāhi-mardine | kālindī-kūla-lolāya lola-kuṇḍala-dhāriṇe

English translation

You enjoy eternal pastimes. You attract Your devotees towards You by the sweet sound of Your flute. You always protect the Vedas, the earth, and the cows. Because You maintain the cows, cowherd men, and cowherd women, You are known as Gopala. You saved the lives of the residents of Gokula by killing innumerable demons, such as Kaliya and Agha. You are fond of enjoying pastimes on the bank of the River Yamuna. You look most enchanting with Your curly hair. My obeisances unto You.

HBV 8.336

Source

वल्लवी-वदनाम्भोज-मालिने नृत्य-शालिने । नमः प्रणत-पालाय श्री-कृष्णाय नमो नमः

vallavī-vadanāmbhoja-māline nṛtya-śāline | namaḥ praṇata-pālāya śrī-kṛṣṇāya namo namaḥ

English translation

O beloved Lord of the gopis, the cowherd girls have placed their faces in front of You so that You may kiss them. You take great pleasure in experiencing their ecstatic love for You. O maintainer of the surrendered souls! O Krsna, You are sac-cid-dnanda, the eternal form of knowledge and bliss. Please accept my repeated obeisances at Your lotus feet.

HBV 8.337

Source

नमः पाप-प्रणाशाय गोवर्धन-धराय च । पूतना-जीवितान्ताय तृणावार्तासु-हारिणे

namaḥ pāpa-praṇāśāya govardhana-dharāya ca | pūtanā-jīvitāntāya tṛṇāvārtāsu-hāriṇe

English translation

O Krsna, You perform unlimited inconceivable pastimes. You destroy the sinful reactions of those who take shelter of You. You are the lifter of Govardhana Hill, the killer of Putana, and the destroyer of Trnavarta. I offer my obeisances to You.

HBV 8.338

Source

निष्कलाय विमोहाय शुद्धायाशुद्ध-वैरिणे । अद्वितीयाय महते श्री-कृष्णाय नमो नमः

niṣkalāya vimohāya śuddhāyāśuddha-vairiṇe | advitīyāya mahate śrī-kṛṣṇāya namo namaḥ

English translation

O Lord Vasudeva, You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead. You are beyond the jurisdiction of maya, the illusory energy. Indeed, illusion is dissipated by Your mercy. You are the form of pure goodness. You are devoid of the faults that are associated with nescience. You annihilate the miscreants. No one is equal to or greater than You. You are one without a second. O Krsna, my humble obeisances to You.

HBV 8.339

Source

प्रसीद परमानन्द प्रसीद परमेश्वर । आधिव्याधिभुजङ्गेन दष्टꣳ माम् उद्धर प्रभो

prasīda paramānanda prasīda parameśvara | ādhivyādhibhujaṅgena daṣṭaṁ mām uddhara prabho

English translation

O most blissful Supreme Lord, You are capable of favoring or punishing anyone. Please be kind to me. O Supreme Personality of Godhead, please have mercy on me. My heart is afflicted with pain because of not having Your association. As a result, I have been bitten by the snake of material distress. O supreme doer, please deliver me from the three-fold material miseries.

HBV 8.340

Source

श्री-कृष्ण रुक्मिणी-कान्त गोपी-जन-मनोहर । सꣳसारसागरे मग्नꣳ माम् उद्धर जगद् गुरो

śrī-kṛṣṇa rukmiṇī-kānta gopī-jana-manohara | saṁsārasāgare magnaṁ mām uddhara jagad guro

English translation

O sac-cid-dnanda Lord Krsna! O beloved Lord of Rukmini! O enchanter of the gopisl You are the spiritual master of the universe. I have fallen into this insurmountable ocean of material existence and so, please deliver me by awarding me devotional service at Your lotus feet.

274 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.341

Source

केशव क्लेश-हरण नारायण जनार्दन । गोविन्द परमानन्द माꣳ समुद्धर माधव

keśava kleśa-haraṇa nārāyaṇa janārdana | govinda paramānanda māṁ samuddhara mādhava

English translation

O Kesava! O remover of the distress caused by ignorance! O shelter of all living entities! O Janardana! O Govinda! O supremely blissful Lord Madhava! Please deliver me.

HBV 8.342

Source

एकादश-स्कन्धे [भ्प् ११.५.३३-३४] – ध्येयꣳ सदा परिभव-घ्नम् अभीष्ट-दोहꣳ तीर्थास्पदꣳ शिव-विरिञ्चि-नुतꣳ शरण्यꣳ भृत्यार्ति-हꣳ प्रणत-पाल भवाब्धि-पोतꣳ वन्दे महा-पुरुष ते चरणारविन्दम्

ekādaśa-skandhe [BhP 11.5.33-34] – dhyeyaṁ sadā paribhava-ghnam abhīṣṭa-dohaṁ tīrthāspadaṁ śiva-viriñci-nutaṁ śaraṇyaṁ bhṛtyārti-haṁ praṇata-pāla bhavābdhi-potaṁ vande mahā-puruṣa te caraṇāravindam

English translation

We offer our respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of Him, the Lord, upon whom one should always meditate. He destroys insults to His devotees. He removes the distresses of His devotees and satisfies their desires. He, the abode of all holy places and the shelter of all sages, is worshipable by Lor ~ Siva and Lord Brahma. He is the boat of the demigods for crossing the ocean of birth and death.

HBV 8.343

Source

त्यक्त्वा सु-दुस्त्यज-सुरेप्सित-राज्य-लक्ष्मीꣳ धर्मिष्ठ आर्य-वचसा यद् अगाद् अरण्यम् । माया-मृगꣳ दयितयेप्सितम् अन्वधावद् वन्दे महा-पुरुष ते चरणारविन्दम्

tyaktvā su-dustyaja-surepsita-rājya-lakṣmīṁ dharmiṣṭha ārya-vacasā yad agād araṇyam | māyā-mṛgaṁ dayitayepsitam anvadhāvad vande mahā-puruṣa te caraṇāravindam

English translation

We offer our respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of the Lord, upoc whom one should always meditate. He left His householder life, leaving | aside His eternal consort, whom even the denizens of heaven adore. He went into the forest to deliver the fallen souls, who are put into illusion H material energy.

HBV 8.344

Source

वैदिकानीदृशान्य् एव कृष्णे पौराणिकान्य् अपि । तान्त्रिकाणि च शास्त्राणि स्तोत्राण्य् अभिनवान्य् अपि

vaidikānīdṛśāny eva kṛṣṇe paurāṇikāny api | tāntrikāṇi ca śāstrāṇi stotrāṇy abhinavāny api

English translation

Prayers from the Vedas, Puranas, and tantras, as well as those composed by modern Vaisnava poets, are suitable for offering to Lord Krsna.

HBV 8.345

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे हꣳस-गीतयꣳ--- अभ्रष्ट-लक्षणैः कृत्वा स्वयꣳ विरचिताक्षरैः । स्तवꣳ ब्राह्मण-शार्दूलस् तस्मात् कामान् अवाप्नुयात्

viṣṇu-dharmottare haṁsa-gītayaṁ--- abhraṣṭa-lakṣaṇaiḥ kṛtvā svayaṁ viracitākṣaraiḥ | stavaṁ brāhmaṇa-śārdūlas tasmāt kāmān avāpnuyāt

English translation

O foremost sages, by glorifying the Lord with suitable words, composed by one's self, ail of one's desires will be fulfilled.

HBV 8.346

Source

विष्णु-धर्मे— सर्व-देवेषु यत् पुण्यꣳ सर्व-देवेषु यत् फलम् । नरस् तत् फलम् आप्नोति स्तुत्वा देवꣳ जनार्दनम्

viṣṇu-dharme— sarva-deveṣu yat puṇyaṁ sarva-deveṣu yat phalam | naras tat phalam āpnoti stutvā devaṁ janārdanam

English translation

visriU'dharme (In the Visnu-dharma it is stated) sarva-devesu yat punyarh sarva-desvesu yat phalam naras tat phalam dpnoti stutvd devarh jandrdanam The merit one achieves by worshiping the demigods, or by studying the Vedas, can be achieved simply by offering prayers to Lord Janardana.

HBV 8.347

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— न वित्त-दान-निचयैर् बहुभिर् मधुसूउदनः । तथा तोषम् अवाप्नोति यथा स्तोत्रैर् द्विजोत्तमः

viṣṇu-dharmottare— na vitta-dāna-nicayair bahubhir madhusūudanaḥ | tathā toṣam avāpnoti yathā stotrair dvijottamaḥ

English translation

276 SRI H A R I - B H A K T I - VILAS A O respected brahmana, Lord Madhusudana is not as pleased by an offering of a huge amount of wealth as He is by an offering of suitable prayers.

HBV 8.348

Source

नारसिꣳहे— स्तोत्रैर् जपैश् च देवाग्रे यः स्तौति मधुसूदनम् । सर्व-पाप-विनिर्मुक्तो विष्णु-लोकम् अवाप्नुयात्

nārasiṁhe— stotrair japaiś ca devāgre yaḥ stauti madhusūdanam | sarva-pāpa-vinirmukto viṣṇu-lokam avāpnuyāt

English translation

A devotee who glorifies Lord Madhusudana with prayers and the chanting of mantras becomes freed from all sinful reactions and ultimately attains the abode of Lord Visnu.

HBV 8.349

Source

हरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये— स्तुवन्न् अमेय-माहात्म्यꣳ भक्ति-ग्रथित-रम्य-वाक् । भवेद् ब्रह्मादि-दुर्लभ्य-प्रभु-कारुण्य-भाजनम्

hari-bhakti-sudhodaye— stuvann ameya-māhātmyaṁ bhakti-grathita-ramya-vāk | bhaved brahmādi-durlabhya-prabhu-kāruṇya-bhājanam

English translation

One who describes the unlimited glories of the Supreme Lord while offering prayers that were composed with pure devotion becomes qualified to receive the mercy of the Supreme Lord, which is rarely achieved, even by the demigods, headed by Brahma.

HBV 8.350

Source

यथा नरस्य स्तुवतो बालकस्येव तुष्यति । मुग्ध-वाक्यैर् न हि तथा विबुधानाꣳ जगत्-पिता

yathā narasya stuvato bālakasyeva tuṣyati | mugdha-vākyair na hi tathā vibudhānāṁ jagat-pitā

English translation

The father of the universe does not become as satisfied by prayers offered by learned scholars as He does by sincere prayers offered by innocent devotees.

HBV 8.351

Source

अबलꣳ प्रभुर् ईप्सितोन्नतिꣳ कृत-यत्नꣳ स्व-यशह्-स्तवे घ्र्णी । स्वयम् उद्धरति स्तनार्थिनꣳ पद-लग्नꣳ जननीव बालकम्

abalaṁ prabhur īpsitonnatiṁ kṛta-yatnaṁ sva-yaśah-stave ghrṇī | svayam uddharati stanārthinaṁ pada-lagnaṁ jananīva bālakam

English translation

Just as a mother picks up her child and feeds him her breast milk, the compassionate Lord affectionately gives shelter to the sincere yet innocent persons who offer Him prayers with love and devotion.

HBV 8.352

Source

स्कान्दे अमृत-सरोद्धरे— श्री-कृष्ण-स्तव-रत्नौघैर् येषाꣳ जिह्वा त्व् अलङ्कृता । नमस्या मुनि-सिद्धानाꣳ वन्दनीया दिवौकसाम्

skānde amṛta-saroddhare— śrī-kṛṣṇa-stava-ratnaughair yeṣāṁ jihvā tv alaṅkṛtā | namasyā muni-siddhānāṁ vandanīyā divaukasām

English translation

Those whose tongues are decorated with jewels in the form of prayers to Lord Krsna are glorified by perfected beings, great sages, and demigods.

HBV 8.353

Source

तत्रैव कर्त्तिक-माहात्म्ये श्री-ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे— स्तोत्राणाꣳ परमꣳ स्तोत्रꣳ विष्णोर् नाम-सहस्रकम् । हित्वा स्तोत्र-सहस्राणि पठनीयꣳ महा-मुने

tatraiva karttika-māhātmye śrī-brahma-nārada-saṁvāde— stotrāṇāṁ paramaṁ stotraṁ viṣṇor nāma-sahasrakam | hitvā stotra-sahasrāṇi paṭhanīyaṁ mahā-mune

English translation

O great sage, you need not offer thousands of prayers. Instead, recite the one thousand names of Lord Visnu, which is the best of all prayers.

HBV 8.354

Source

तेनैकेन मुनि-श्रेष्ठ पथितेन सदा हरिः । प्रीतिम् आयाति देवेशो युग-कोटि-शतानि च इति ।

tenaikena muni-śreṣṭha pathitena sadā hariḥ | prītim āyāti deveśo yuga-koṭi-śatāni ca iti |

English translation

O foremost sage, simply by constantly reciting the one thousand names of Lord Visnu, the Lord of the demigods remains pleased with one for hundreds of millions of yugas.

HBV 8.355

Source

स्नाने यत् स्तोत्र-माहात्म्यꣳ लिखितꣳ लेख्यम् अग्रतः । यच् च कीर्तन-माहात्म्यꣳ सर्वꣳ ज्ञेयꣳ इहापि तत्

snāne yat stotra-māhātmyaṁ likhitaṁ lekhyam agrataḥ | yac ca kīrtana-māhātmyaṁ sarvaṁ jñeyaṁ ihāpi tat

English translation

The glories of offering prayers that are mentioned in this section are comparable to the glories of bathing the Deities, as well as the glories of chanting the holy names, which will be described later on.

HBV 8.356

Source

विष्णु-धर्मे— नूनꣳ तत् कण्ठ-शालूकम् अथवा प्रति-जिह्विका । रोगो वान्यो न सा जिह्वा या न स्तौति हरेर् गुणान्

viṣṇu-dharme— nūnaṁ tat kaṇṭha-śālūkam athavā prati-jihvikā | rogo vānyo na sā jihvā yā na stauti harer guṇān

English translation

The tongue that does not glorify the characteristics of Lord Hari is to be considered a liability, or afflicted by a disease.

HBV 8.357

Source

प्रणमेद् अथ साष्टाङ्गꣳ तन्-मुद्राꣳ च प्रदर्शयेत् । पठेत् प्रति-प्रणामꣳ च प्रसीद भगवन्न् इति

praṇamed atha sāṣṭāṅgaṁ tan-mudrāṁ ca pradarśayet | paṭhet prati-praṇāmaṁ ca prasīda bhagavann iti

English translation

One should offer obeisances to the Deities by falling flat onto the ground. He should display the appropriate mudra and say, "O my Lord, kindly be pleased with me."

HBV 8.358

Source

तद् उक्तम् एकादशे श्री-भगवता [भ्प् ११.२७.४५]— स्तवैर् उच्चावचैः स्तोत्रैः पौराणैः प्राकृतैर् अपि । स्तुत्वा प्रसीद भगवन्न् इति वन्देत दण्ड-वत्

tad uktam ekādaśe śrī-bhagavatā [BhP 11.27.45]— stavair uccāvacaiḥ stotraiḥ paurāṇaiḥ prākṛtair api | stutvā prasīda bhagavann iti vandeta daṇḍa-vat

English translation

The devotee should offer homage to the Lord with all kinds of hymns and prayers, both from the Puranas and from other ancient scriptures, and also from ordinary traditions. Praying, "O Lord, please be merciful to me!" he should fall down flat like a rod to offer his obeisances.

HBV 8.359

Source

तत्रैव [भ्प् ११.२७.४६]— शिरो मत्-पादयोः कृत्वा बाहुभ्याꣳ च परस्परम् । प्रपन्नꣳ पाहि माम् ईश भीतꣳ मृत्यु-ग्रहार्णवात्

tatraiva [BhP 11.27.46]— śiro mat-pādayoḥ kṛtvā bāhubhyāṁ ca parasparam | prapannaṁ pāhi mām īśa bhītaṁ mṛtyu-grahārṇavāt

English translation

tatraiva (In the same section, it is also stated) siro mat-padayoh krtvd bahubhydm ca parasparam prdpannarh pdhi mam Isa bhitam mrtyu-grahdrnavdt Placing his head at the feet of the Deity, he should then stand with folded hands before the Lord and pray, "O my Lord, please protect me, who am surrendered unto You. I am most fearful of this ocean of material existence, standing as I am in the mouth of death."

HBV 8.360–361

Source

किꣳ चागमे— दोर्भ्याꣳ पद्भ्याꣳ च जानुभ्याम् उरसा शिरसा दृशा । मनसा वचसा चेति प्रणामो’ष्टाङ्ग ईरितः जानुभ्याꣳ चैव बाहुभ्याꣳ शिरसा वचसा धिया । पञ्चाङ्गकः प्रणामः स्यात् पूजासु प्रवराव् इमौ इति ।

kiṁ cāgame— dorbhyāṁ padbhyāṁ ca jānubhyām urasā śirasā dṛśā | manasā vacasā ceti praṇāmo’ṣṭāṅga īritaḥ jānubhyāṁ caiva bāhubhyāṁ śirasā vacasā dhiyā | pañcāṅgakaḥ praṇāmaḥ syāt pūjāsu pravarāv imau iti |

English translation

Astdhga prandma refers to offering one's obeisances by means of the hands, legs, knees, chest, head, eyes, mind, and speech. Pancdnga prandma is performed with the knees, hands, head, intelligence, and speech. Both of these obeisances are widely used in the course of worshiping the Supreme Lord.

280 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.362

Source

गरुदꣳ दक्षिने कृत्वा कुर्यात् तत्-पृष्ठतो बुधः । अवश्यꣳ च प्रणामाꣳस् त्रीन् शक्तश् चेद् अधिकाधिकान्

garudaṁ dakṣine kṛtvā kuryāt tat-pṛṣṭhato budhaḥ | avaśyaṁ ca praṇāmāṁs trīn śaktaś ced adhikādhikān

English translation

A learned devotee should keep the Supreme Lord to his left and Garuda to his right while offering obeisances. One should offer obeisances to the Lord three times. If one has got the strength, there is certainly no harm in offering more obeisances.

HBV 8.363

Source

तथा च नारद-पञ्चरात्रे— सन्धिꣳ वीक्ष्य हरिꣳ चाद्यꣳ गुरून् स्व-गुरुम् एव च । द्वि-चतुर्-विꣳशद् अथवा चतुर्-विꣳशत् तद्-अर्धकम् । नमेत् तद्-अर्धम् अथवा तद्-अर्धꣳ सर्वथा नमेत्

tathā ca nārada-pañcarātre— sandhiṁ vīkṣya hariṁ cādyaṁ gurūn sva-gurum eva ca | dvi-catur-viṁśad athavā catur-viṁśat tad-ardhakam | namet tad-ardham athavā tad-ardhaṁ sarvathā namet

English translation

It is recommended that one should offer obeisances first to Lord Hari and then to the spiritual master, either forty-eight, thirty-six, eighteen, or nine times.

HBV 8.364

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— देवार्चा-दर्शनाद् एव प्रणमेन् मधुसूदनम् । स्नानापेक्षा न कर्तव्या दृष्ट्वार्चाꣳ द्विज-सत्तमः । देवार्चा-दृष्ट-पूतꣳ हि शुचि सर्वꣳ प्रकीर्तितम्

viṣṇu-dharmottare— devārcā-darśanād eva praṇamen madhusūdanam | snānāpekṣā na kartavyā dṛṣṭvārcāṁ dvija-sattamaḥ | devārcā-dṛṣṭa-pūtaṁ hi śuci sarvaṁ prakīrtitam

English translation

O brdhmanas, one should offer obeisances to Lord Madhusudana whenever one sees Him. There is no doubt about this. Whatever one sees after seeing the Deity of the Supreme Lord is considered to be auspicious.

HBV 8.365

Source

नारसिꣳहे— नमस्कारः स्मृतो यज्ञः सर्व-यज्ञेषु चोत्तमः । नमस्कारेण चकेन साष्टाङ्गेन हरिꣳ व्रजेत्

nārasiṁhe— namaskāraḥ smṛto yajñaḥ sarva-yajñeṣu cottamaḥ | namaskāreṇa cakena sāṣṭāṅgena hariṁ vrajet

English translation

ndrasirhhe (In the Nrsimha Purana it is stated) namaskdrah smrto yajnah sarva-yajnesu cottamah namaskdrena caikena narah puto harirh vrajet Offering obesiances to the Lord is equal to performing a sacrifice. Indeed, it is the crest jewel of all types of sacrifices. Simply by offering obeisances to the Lord, even once, a person becomes purified and thus eligible to go back to Godhead.

HBV 8.366

Source

स्कान्दे— दण्ड-प्रणामꣳ कुरुते विष्णवे भक्ति-भावितः । रेणु-सङ्ख्यꣳ वसेत् स्वर्गे मन्वन्तर-शतꣳ नरः

skānde— daṇḍa-praṇāmaṁ kurute viṣṇave bhakti-bhāvitaḥ | reṇu-saṅkhyaṁ vaset svarge manvantara-śataṁ naraḥ

English translation

The number of particles of dust that stick to a person while offering obeisances to Lord Visnu, with devotion, is the number of manvantaras, times one hundred, that he will reside in the planets of the demigods.

HBV 8.367

Source

तत्रैव श्री-ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे— प्रणम्य दण्डवद् भूमौ नमस्कारेण यो’र्चयेत् । स याꣳ गतिम् अवाप्नोति न ताꣳ क्रतु-शतैर् अपि । नमस्कारेण चैकेन नरः पुतो हरिꣳ व्रजेत्

tatraiva śrī-brahma-nārada-saṁvāde— praṇamya daṇḍavad bhūmau namaskāreṇa yo’rcayet | sa yāṁ gatim avāpnoti na tāṁ kratu-śatair api | namaskāreṇa caikena naraḥ puto hariṁ vrajet

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purana it is stated) pranamya dandavad bhumau namaskdrena yo 'rcayet sa yam gatim avdpnoti na tarn kratu-satair api namaskdrena caikena narah puto harirh vrajet The worship of the Lord performed by a person who offers obeisances by falling flat onto the ground, like a stick, yields more benefit than the

282 SRI HARI-BHAKTI'VILASA performance of hundreds of sacrifices. Just by offering obeisances to Lord Hart, even once, a devotee can attain His transcendental abode.

HBV 8.368

Source

तत्रैव श्री-सिवोम-सꣳवादे— भूमिम् आपीड्य जानुभ्याꣳ शिर आरोप्य वै भुवि । प्रणमेद् यो हि देवेशम् सो’श्वमेध-फलꣳ लभेत्

tatraiva śrī-sivoma-saṁvāde— bhūmim āpīḍya jānubhyāṁ śira āropya vai bhuvi | praṇamed yo hi deveśam so’śvamedha-phalaṁ labhet

English translation

recorded in the Skanda Purana, this verse is found) bhumim dpldya jdnubhydrh sira dropya vai bhuvi pranamed yo hi devesam so 'svamedha-phalarh labhet One who offers obeisances to the Lord of the demigods by placing his knees and head on the ground obtains the merit of performing a horse sacrifice.

HBV 8.369–370

Source

तत्रैवन्यत्र— तीर्थ-कोटि-सहस्राणि तीर्थ-कोटि-शतानि च । नारायण-प्रणामस्य कालꣳ नार्हन्ति षोडशीम् शाठ्येनापि नमस्कारम् कुर्वतः शार्ङ्ग-धन्वने । शतशन् मार्जितꣳ पापꣳ तत्-क्षनाद् एव नश्यति

tatraivanyatra— tīrtha-koṭi-sahasrāṇi tīrtha-koṭi-śatāni ca | nārāyaṇa-praṇāmasya kālaṁ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm śāṭhyenāpi namaskāram kurvataḥ śārṅga-dhanvane | śataśan mārjitaṁ pāpaṁ tat-kṣanād eva naśyati

English translation

Even a fraction of the merit one receives by offering obeisances to Lord Narayana cannot be obtained by visiting hundreds of thousands of holy places. Even if one offers obeisances to Lord Hari, who carries a bow in His hand, with duplicity, all of his sinful reactions that had been accumulated during hundreds of previous lives are at once eradicated.

HBV 8.371

Source

रेणु-मण्डित-गात्रस्य कणा देहे भवन्ति यत् । तावद् वर्ष-सहस्राणि विष्णु-लोके महीयते

reṇu-maṇḍita-gātrasya kaṇā dehe bhavanti yat | tāvad varṣa-sahasrāṇi viṣṇu-loke mahīyate

English translation

The number of particles of dust that stick to one's body while offering obeisances to the Supreme Lord—that many thousands of years he will reside in the abode of Lord Visnu.

HBV 8.372

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— अभिवाद्यꣳ जगन्नाथꣳ कृतार्थश् च तथा भवेत् । नमस्कार-क्रिया तस्य सर्व-पाप-प्रणाशिनी

viṣṇu-dharmottare— abhivādyaṁ jagannāthaṁ kṛtārthaś ca tathā bhavet | namaskāra-kriyā tasya sarva-pāpa-praṇāśinī

English translation

The life of a person who offers respectful obeisances to the Lord of the universe certainly becomes successful. Indeed, he is freed from ail kinds of sinful reactions.

HBV 8.373

Source

जानुभ्याꣳ चैव पाणिभ्याꣳ शिरसा च विचक्षणः । कृत्वा प्रणामꣳ देवस्य सर्वान् कामान् अवाप्नुयात्

jānubhyāṁ caiva pāṇibhyāṁ śirasā ca vicakṣaṇaḥ | kṛtvā praṇāmaṁ devasya sarvān kāmān avāpnuyāt

English translation

If intelligent persons offer obeisances to the Lord by touching their knees, hands, and head to the floor, they can achieve anything they desire.

HBV 8.374

Source

विष्णु-पुराणे [?]— अनादि-निधनꣳ देवꣳ दैत्य-दानव-दारणम् । ये नमन्ति नरा नित्यꣳ न हि पश्यन्ति ते यमम्

viṣṇu-purāṇe [?]— anādi-nidhanaṁ devaṁ daitya-dānava-dāraṇam | ye namanti narā nityaṁ na hi paśyanti te yamam

English translation

Those who offer obeisances every day to the Supreme Lord, who is unlimited, the destroyer of the demons, and beginningless, can avoid taking the trip to the abode of Yamaraja.

HBV 8.375

Source

ये जना जगताꣳ नाथꣳ नित्यꣳ नारायणꣳ द्विजाः । नमन्ति न हि ते विष्णोः स्नानाद् अन्यत्र गामिनः

ye janā jagatāṁ nāthaṁ nityaṁ nārāyaṇaṁ dvijāḥ | namanti na hi te viṣṇoḥ snānād anyatra gāminaḥ

English translation

284 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O brahmanas, those who always offer obeisances to the Lord of the universe, Sri Hari, will not have to return to this material world again.

HBV 8.376

Source

नारदीये -- एको ऽपि कृष्णाय कृतः प्रणामो दशाश्वमेधावभृथैर् न तुल्यः । दशाश्वमेधी पुनर् एति जन्म कृष्ण-प्रणामी न पुनर्-भवाय

nāradīye -- eko 'pi kṛṣṇāya kṛtaḥ praṇāmo daśāśvamedhāvabhṛthair na tulyaḥ | daśāśvamedhī punar eti janma kṛṣṇa-praṇāmī na punar-bhavāya

English translation

Even a single offering of obeisances to Lord Krsna awards one more benefit than the performance often horse sacrifices and other similar rituals. A person who performs ten horse sacrifices may be born again in this world but one who offers obeisances to Lord Krsna will not have to experience birth in the material world again because he will attain the Lord's abode in the spiritual sky.

HBV 8.377

Source

हरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये— विष्णोर् दण्ड-प्रणामार्थꣳ भक्तेन पतितो भुवि । पतितꣳ पातकꣳ कृत्स्नꣳ नोत्तिष्ठति पुनः सह

hari-bhakti-sudhodaye— viṣṇor daṇḍa-praṇāmārthaṁ bhaktena patito bhuvi | patitaṁ pātakaṁ kṛtsnaṁ nottiṣṭhati punaḥ saha

English translation

When a devotee falls flat onto the floor to offer obeisances to Lord Visnu, all of his sinful reactions also fall to the floor. When he gets up, his sinful reactions no longer accompany him.

HBV 8.378

Source

पाद्मे देवदूत-विकुण्डल-सꣳवादे— तपस् तप्त्वा नरो घोरम् अरण्ये नियतेन्द्रियः । यत् फलꣳ समवाप्नोति तन् नत्वा गरुड-ध्वजम्

pādme devadūta-vikuṇḍala-saṁvāde— tapas taptvā naro ghoram araṇye niyatendriyaḥ | yat phalaṁ samavāpnoti tan natvā garuḍa-dhvajam

English translation

that is found in the Padma Purdna it is stated) tapas taptvd naro ghorarh aranye niyatendriyah yat phalarh samavdpnoti tan natvd garuda-dhvajam The benefit one obtains by performing severe austerities within a forest while controlling his senses can be obtained simply by offering obeisances to

the Supreme Lord, whose flag is adorned with the symbol of Garuda.

HBV 8.379

Source

कृत्वापि बहुशः पापꣳ नरो मोह-समन्वितः । न याति नरकꣳ नत्वा सर्व-पाप-हरꣳ हरिम्

kṛtvāpi bahuśaḥ pāpaṁ naro moha-samanvitaḥ | na yāti narakaṁ natvā sarva-pāpa-haraṁ harim

English translation

If a person who is totally in illusion, and who has commited unlimited sinful activities, offers obeisances to Lord Hari, he will not have to traverse the path to hell.

HBV 8.380

Source

अपि पापꣳ दुराचारꣳ नरꣳ तत् प्रणतो हरेः । नेक्षन्ते किङ्करा याम्या उलूकास् तपनꣳ यथा

api pāpaṁ durācāraṁ naraṁ tat praṇato hareḥ | nekṣante kiṅkarā yāmyā ulūkās tapanaṁ yathā

English translation

Just as an owl cannot look at the sun, the Yamadutas cannot look at the sinful and wretched people who have offered obeisances to Lord Hari.

HBV 8.381

Source

विष्णु-पुराणे श्री-यमस्य निज-भटानुशासने [विप् ३.७.१८]— हरिम् अमर-गणार्चिताङ्घ्रि-पद्मꣳ प्रणमति यः परमार्थतो हि मर्त्यः । तम् अपगत-समस्त-पाप-बन्धꣳ व्रज परिहृत्य यथाग्निम् आज्य-सिक्तम्

viṣṇu-purāṇe śrī-yamasya nija-bhaṭānuśāsane [ViP 3.7.18]— harim amara-gaṇārcitāṅghri-padmaṁ praṇamati yaḥ paramārthato hi martyaḥ | tam apagata-samasta-pāpa-bandhaṁ vraja parihṛtya yathāgnim ājya-siktam

English translation

this verse that is found in the Visnu Purdna) harim amara-gandrcitdnghri-padmam pranamati yah paramdrthato hi martydh tarn apagata-samasta-pdpa-bandham vraja parihrtya yathdgnim djya-siktam All of the sinful reactions of a person who bows down with devotion before the Supreme Lord, Hari, whose lotus feet are worshiped by the demigods, are eliminated. Therefore, you should stay far from such a person and instead, approach someone else.

HBV 8.382

Source

ब्रह्म-वैवर्ते— शरणागत-रक्षणोद्यतꣳ हरिम् ईशꣳ प्रणमन्ति ये नराः । न पतन्ति भवाम्बुधौ स्फुटꣳ पतितानुद्धरति स्म तान् असौ

brahma-vaivarte— śaraṇāgata-rakṣaṇodyataṁ harim īśaṁ praṇamanti ye narāḥ | na patanti bhavāmbudhau sphuṭaṁ patitānuddharati sma tān asau

English translation

Those who bow down before Lord Hari, who is the protector of the surrendered souls, never fall back into the ocean of material existence. Even if, somehow, they were to fall down, the Supreme Lord would personally deliver them, out of compassion.

HBV 8.383

Source

अष्टम-स्कन्धे च बलि-वाक्ये [भ्प् ८.२३.२] – अहो प्रणामाय कृतः समुद्यमः प्रपन्न-भक्तार्थ-विधौ समाहितः । यल् लोक-पालैस् त्वद्-अनुग्रहो ऽमरैर् अलब्ध-पूर्वो ऽपसदे ऽसुरे ऽर्पितः

aṣṭama-skandhe ca bali-vākye [BhP 8.23.2] – aho praṇāmāya kṛtaḥ samudyamaḥ prapanna-bhaktārtha-vidhau samāhitaḥ | yal loka-pālais tvad-anugraho 'marair alabdha-pūrvo 'pasade 'sure 'rpitaḥ

English translation

What a wonderful effect there is in even attempting to offer respectful obeisances to You! I merely endeavored to offer You obeisances, but nonetheless the attempt was as successful as those of pure devotees. The causeless mercy You have shown to me, a fallen demon, was never achieved even by the demigods or the leaders of the various planets.

HBV 8.384

Source

अतएव नारायण-व्यूह-स्तवे – अहो भाग्यम् अहो भाग्यम् अहो भाग्यꣳ नॄणाम् इदम् । येषाꣳ हरि-पदाब्जाग्रे शिरो न्यस्तꣳ यथा तथा

ataeva nārāyaṇa-vyūha-stave – aho bhāgyam aho bhāgyam aho bhāgyaṁ nṝṇām idam | yeṣāṁ hari-padābjāgre śiro nyastaṁ yathā tathā

English translation

Alas! How fortunate are those people whose heads bow down with respect before the lotus feet of Lord Hari.

HBV 8.385

Source

किꣳ च, नारसिꣳहे श्री-यमोक्तौ— तस्य वै नरसिꣳहस्य विष्णोर् अमित-तेजसः । प्रणामꣳ ये प्रकुर्वन्ति तेषाम् अपि नमो नमः

kiṁ ca, nārasiṁhe śrī-yamoktau— tasya vai narasiṁhasya viṣṇor amita-tejasaḥ | praṇāmaṁ ye prakurvanti teṣām api namo namaḥ

English translation

I offer my repeated obeisances to those who offer respect to Lord Visnu, who assumed the form of Lord Nrsimhadeva, and who possesses unlimited prowess.

HBV 8.386

Source

भविष्योत्तरे च— विष्णोर् देव-जगद्-धातुर् जनार्दन-जगत्-पतेः । प्रणामꣳ ये प्रकुर्वन्ति तेषाम् अपि नमो नमः इति ।

bhaviṣyottare ca— viṣṇor deva-jagad-dhātur janārdana-jagat-pateḥ | praṇāmaṁ ye prakurvanti teṣām api namo namaḥ iti |

English translation

I bow down again and again at the feet of that person who offers obeisances to Lord Janardana, the master and maintainer of the universe.

HBV 8.387

Source

बृहन्-नारदीये लुब्धकोपाख्यानारम्भे— सकृद् वा न नमेद् यस् तु विष्णवे सर्म-कारिणे । शवोपरꣳ विजानीयात् कदाचिद् अपि नालपेत्

bṛhan-nāradīye lubdhakopākhyānārambhe— sakṛd vā na named yas tu viṣṇave sarma-kāriṇe | śavoparaṁ vijānīyāt kadācid api nālapet

English translation

found in the Brhan-ndradiya Purdna it is stated) sakrd vd na named yas tu visnave sarma-kdrine savoparam vijdnlydt kaddcid api ndlapet The body of a person who does not offer obeisances, even once, to the all-auspicious Lord Visnu is no better than a dead body. As such, one should never talk to such a person.

288 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.388

Source

किꣳ च, पाद्मे वैशाख-माहात्म्ये यम-ब्राह्मण-सꣳवादे— पश्यन्तो भगवद्-द्वारꣳ नाम शास्त्र-परिच्छदम् । अकृत्वा तत्-प्रणामादि यान्ति ते नरकौकसः

kiṁ ca, pādme vaiśākha-māhātmye yama-brāhmaṇa-saṁvāde— paśyanto bhagavad-dvāraṁ nāma śāstra-paricchadam | akṛtvā tat-praṇāmādi yānti te narakaukasaḥ

English translation

recorded in the Padma Purana, the following verse is found) pasyanto bhagavad-dvdram ndma sastra-paricchadam akrtvd tat-prandmddi ydnti te narahauhasah Those who do not take darsana of the Deity and offer obeisances to the temple of the Supreme Lord, which is decorated with the holy names of Krsna, and the Lord's weapons, such as the Sudarsana chakra, will certainly reside in hell.

HBV 8.389

Source

विष्णु-स्मृतौ— जन्म-प्रभृति यत् किञ्चित् पुमान् वै धर्मम् आचरेत् । सर्वꣳ तन् निष्फलꣳ यात्य् एक-हस्ताभिवादनात्

viṣṇu-smṛtau— janma-prabhṛti yat kiñcit pumān vai dharmam ācaret | sarvaṁ tan niṣphalaṁ yāty eka-hastābhivādanāt

English translation

visnusmrtau (In the Visnusmrti it is stated) janma-prabhrti yat kificit pumdn vai dharmam dcaret sarvarh tan nisphalarh ydti eka-hastdbhivddandt If a person bows down before the Lord with one hand then all the relegious practices that he followed become null and void.

HBV 8.390

Source

वाराहे— वस्त्र-प्रावृत-देहस् तु यो नरः प्रणमेत माम् । श्वित्री स जायते मूर्खह् सप्त जन्मानि भामिनी

vārāhe— vastra-prāvṛta-dehas tu yo naraḥ praṇameta mām | śvitrī sa jāyate mūrkhah sapta janmāni bhāminī

English translation

One who offers obeisances to Me while covering his entire body with a cloth will suffer from white leprosy during his next seven lifetimes while falling into the pool of foolishness.

HBV 8.391

Source

किꣳ चान्यत्र— अग्रे पृष्ठे वाम-भागे समीपे गर्भ-मन्दिरे । जप-होम-नमस्कारान् न कुर्यात् केशवालये

kiṁ cānyatra— agre pṛṣṭhe vāma-bhāge samīpe garbha-mandire | japa-homa-namaskārān na kuryāt keśavālaye

English translation

One should not chant, perform sacrifices, or offer obeisances to the Lord inside the Deity room, or right in front of, in back of, or on the left side of the Lord.

HBV 8.392

Source

अपि च— सकृद् भूमौ निपतितो न शक्तः प्रणमेन् मुहुः । उत्थायोत्थाय कर्तव्यꣳ दण्डवत् प्रणिपातनम् इति ।

api ca— sakṛd bhūmau nipatito na śaktaḥ praṇamen muhuḥ | utthāyotthāya kartavyaṁ daṇḍavat praṇipātanam iti |

English translation

One should not offer obeisances again and again while lying down on the floor. He should get up after offering obeisances and then offer obeisances once again by falling to the floor.

HBV 8.393

Source

ततः प्रदक्षिनाꣳ कुर्याद् भक्त्या भगवतो हरेः । नामानि कीर्तयन् शक्तौ ताꣳ च साष्टाङ्ग-वन्दनाम्

tataḥ pradakṣināṁ kuryād bhaktyā bhagavato hareḥ | nāmāni kīrtayan śaktau tāṁ ca sāṣṭāṅga-vandanām

English translation

Thereafter, one should circumambulate Lord Hari and chant His holy names with a heart filled with devotion. If one has the ability to do so then he should circumambulate the Lord while offering obeisances.

HBV 8.394

Source

नारसिꣳहे— एकाꣳ चाण्ड्याꣳ रवौ सप्त तिस्रो दद्याद् विनायके । चतस्रः केशवे दद्यात् शिवे त्व् अर्ध-प्रदक्षिनाम्

nārasiṁhe— ekāṁ cāṇḍyāṁ ravau sapta tisro dadyād vināyake | catasraḥ keśave dadyāt śive tv ardha-pradakṣinām

English translation

ndrasirhhe (In the Nrsimha Purdna it is stated) ekarh candy dm r avail sapta tisro dadydd vindyake catasrah kesave dadydt sive tv ardha-pradaksindm

290 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA It is recommended that one should circumumbulate the sun-god seven times, Lord Visnu four times, Ganapati three times, Candi once, and Mahadeva half way.

HBV 8.395

Source

वाराहे— प्रदक्षिणाꣳ ये कुर्वन्ति भक्ति-युक्तेन चेतसा । न ते यम-पुरꣳ यान्ति यान्ति पुण्य-कृताꣳ गतिम्

vārāhe— pradakṣiṇāṁ ye kurvanti bhakti-yuktena cetasā | na te yama-puraṁ yānti yānti puṇya-kṛtāṁ gatim

English translation

varahe (In the Varaha Parana it is stated) pradaksinarh ye kurvanti bhakti-yuktena cetasd na te yama-purarh ydnti ydnti punya-krtdrh gatim Those who circumambulate Lord Hari with devotion attain the destination that is suitable for devotees. They never go to the abode of Yamaraja.

HBV 8.396

Source

यस् त्रिः प्रदक्षिणाꣳ कुर्यात् साष्टाङ्गक-प्रणामकम् । दशाश्वमेधस्य फलꣳ प्राप्नुयान् नात्र सꣳशयः

yas triḥ pradakṣiṇāṁ kuryāt sāṣṭāṅgaka-praṇāmakam | daśāśvamedhasya phalaṁ prāpnuyān nātra saṁśayaḥ

English translation

There is no doubt that one who offers obeisances to the Lord by falling flat onto the floor and then circumambulates Him three times achieves the merit of performing ten horse sacrifices.

HBV 8.397

Source

स्कान्दे श्री-ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे— विष्णोर् विमानꣳ यः कुर्यात् सकृद् भक्त्या प्रदक्षिणाम् । अश्वमेध-सहस्रस्य फलम् आप्नोति मानवः

skānde śrī-brahma-nārada-saṁvāde— viṣṇor vimānaṁ yaḥ kuryāt sakṛd bhaktyā pradakṣiṇām | aśvamedha-sahasrasya phalam āpnoti mānavaḥ

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Parana it is stated) visnor vimanarh yah kurydt sakrd bhaktyd pradaksinam asvamedha-sahasrasya phalam dpnoti mdnavah Simply by circumambulating the temple of Lord Visnu, or the chariot of the Lord, even once with love and devotion, one attains the merit of performing one thousand horse sacrifices.

HBV 8.398

Source

चतुर्-वारꣳ भ्रमीभिस् तु जगत् सर्वꣳ चराचरम् । क्रान्तꣳ भवति विप्राग्र्य तत् तीर्थ-गमनाधिकम्

catur-vāraṁ bhramībhis tu jagat sarvaṁ carācaram | krāntaṁ bhavati viprāgrya tat tīrtha-gamanādhikam

English translation

O sage, circumambulating the Supreme Lord four times amounts to circumambulating the entire universe of moving and non-moving living entities. Such circumambulation yields more benefit than traveling to holy places of pilgrimage.

HBV 8.399

Source

तत्रैवान्यत्र— प्रदक्षिणाꣳ तु यः कुर्यात् हरिꣳ भक्त्या समन्वितः । हꣳस-युक्त-विमानेन विष्णु-लोकꣳ स गच्छति

tatraivānyatra— pradakṣiṇāṁ tu yaḥ kuryāt hariṁ bhaktyā samanvitaḥ | haṁsa-yukta-vimānena viṣṇu-lokaṁ sa gacchati

English translation

One who circumambulates Lord Hari with devotion is taken on a celestial airplane that is drawn by swans and taken to the abode of Lord Yisnu.

HBV 8.400

Source

नारसिꣳहे— प्रदक्षिणेन चैकेन देव-देवस्य मन्दिरे । कृतेन यत् फलꣳ नृणाꣳ तच् छृणुष्व नृपात्मज । पृथ्वी-प्रदक्षिण-फलꣳ यत् तत् प्राप्य हरिꣳ व्रजेत् ।

nārasiṁhe— pradakṣiṇena caikena deva-devasya mandire | kṛtena yat phalaṁ nṛṇāṁ tac chṛṇuṣva nṛpātmaja | pṛthvī-pradakṣiṇa-phalaṁ yat tat prāpya hariṁ vrajet |

English translation

O prince, listen to the benefit one achieves by circumambulating the :emple of Lord Hari, the Lord of the demigods, even once. Such a devotee

292 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA obtains the merit of circumambulating the entire earth and ultimately attains the lotus feet of Lord Hari.

HBV 8.401

Source

अन्यत्र च— एवꣳ कृत्वा तु कृष्णस्य यः कुर्याद् द्विः प्रदक्षिणाम् । सप्त-द्वीपवती-पुण्यꣳ लभते तु पदे पदे । पठन् नाम-सहस्रꣳ तु नामान्य् एवाथ केवलम्

anyatra ca— evaṁ kṛtvā tu kṛṣṇasya yaḥ kuryād dviḥ pradakṣiṇām | sapta-dvīpavatī-puṇyaṁ labhate tu pade pade | paṭhan nāma-sahasraṁ tu nāmāny evātha kevalam

English translation

One who circumambulates Lord Hari twice in this way and chants the one thousand names of the Lord obtains the merit of giving away or circumambulating the entire earth, which consists of seven islands, with each step.

HBV 8.402

Source

हरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये— विष्णुꣳ प्रदक्षिणी-कुर्वाण् यस् तत्रावर्तते पुनः । तद् एवावर्तनꣳ तस्य पुनर् नावर्तते भवे

hari-bhakti-sudhodaye— viṣṇuṁ pradakṣiṇī-kurvāṇ yas tatrāvartate punaḥ | tad evāvartanaṁ tasya punar nāvartate bhave

English translation

One who circumambulates Lord Visnu, even once, will not have to come back to this material world again.

HBV 8.403

Source

बृहन्-नारदीये यम-भगीरथ-सꣳवादे— प्रदक्षिणा-त्रयꣳ कुर्याद् यो विष्णोर् मनुजेश्वर । सर्व-पाप-विनिर्मुक्तो देवेन्द्रत्वꣳ समश्नुते

bṛhan-nāradīye yama-bhagīratha-saṁvāde— pradakṣiṇā-trayaṁ kuryād yo viṣṇor manujeśvara | sarva-pāpa-vinirmukto devendratvaṁ samaśnute

English translation

is fo'md in the Brhan-ndradiya Purana it is stated) pradaksina-trayam kurydd yo visnor manujesvara -pdpa-vinirmukto evendratvarh samasnute O ruler of human society, one who circumambulates Lord Visnu three times is cleansed of all sinful reactions and later on, he attains the position of Indra.

HBV 8.404

Source

तत्रैव प्रदक्षिणा-माहात्म्ये सुधर्मोपाख्यानारम्भे— भक्त्या कुर्वन्ति ये विष्णोह् प्रदक्षिणा-चतुष्टयम् । ते’पि यन्ति परꣳ स्थानम् सर्व-लोकोत्तमोत्तमम् इति ।

tatraiva pradakṣiṇā-māhātmye sudharmopākhyānārambhe— bhaktyā kurvanti ye viṣṇoh pradakṣiṇā-catuṣṭayam | te’pi yanti paraṁ sthānam sarva-lokottamottamam iti |

English translation

narrated in the same literature, this verse is found) bhaktyd kurvanti ye visnoh pradaksina-catustayam te 'pi ydnti pararh sthdnarh sarva-lokottamottamam. iti Those who circumambulate Lord Visnu four times will surpass all other planets and attain the highest destination—the abode of the Supreme Lord.

HBV 8.405

Source

तत् ख्यातꣳ यत् सु-धर्मस्य पूर्वस्मिन् गृध्र-जन्मनि । कृष्ण-प्रदक्षिणाभ्यासान् महा-सिद्धिर् अभूद् इति

tat khyātaṁ yat su-dharmasya pūrvasmin gṛdhra-janmani | kṛṣṇa-pradakṣiṇābhyāsān mahā-siddhir abhūd iti

English translation

It is a well known fact that, as a result of circumambulating Lord Krsna in his previous life as a vulture, Sudharma received an exalted next birth.

HBV 8.406

Source

विष्णु-स्मृतौ— एक-हस्त-प्रणामश् च एका चैव प्रदक्षिणा । अकाले दर्शनꣳ विष्णोर् हन्ति पुण्यꣳ पुरा-कृतम्

viṣṇu-smṛtau— eka-hasta-praṇāmaś ca ekā caiva pradakṣiṇā | akāle darśanaṁ viṣṇor hanti puṇyaṁ purā-kṛtam

English translation

visnU'Smrtau (In the Visnu>smrti it is stated) eka-hasta-prandmas ca eka caiva pradaksind akdle darsanam visnor hanti punyarh purd-krtam By circumambulating the Lord only once, by offering obeisances with one hand, by seeing the Lord while He is eating or sleeping—all of one's pious merit that had been accumulated during his previous births is spoiled.

HBV 8.407

Source

किꣳ च— कृष्णस्य पुरतो नैव सूर्यस्यैव प्रदक्षिणाम् । कुर्याद् भ्रमरिका-रूपाꣳ वैमुख्य-पदनीꣳ प्रभोः

kiṁ ca— kṛṣṇasya purato naiva sūryasyaiva pradakṣiṇām | kuryād bhramarikā-rūpāṁ vaimukhya-padanīṁ prabhoḥ

English translation

294 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA kurydd bhramarikd-rupam vaimukhydpadanlrh prabhoh One should not circumambulate the sun-god in front of Sri Krsna because by doing so, one would have to show his back to the Lord.

HBV 8.408

Source

तथा चोक्तꣳ--- प्रदक्षिणाꣳ न कर्तव्यꣳ विमुखत्वाच् च कारणात्

tathā coktaṁ--- pradakṣiṇāṁ na kartavyaṁ vimukhatvāc ca kāraṇāt

English translation

Such a circumambulation has been prohibited because it creates aversion to the Lord.

HBV 8.409

Source

ततः श्री-कृष्ण-पादाब्जे दास्येनैव समर्पयेत् । त्रिभिर् मन्त्रैः स्व-कर्माणि सर्वाण्य् आत्मानम् अप्य् अथ

tataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-pādābje dāsyenaiva samarpayet | tribhir mantraiḥ sva-karmāṇi sarvāṇy ātmānam apy atha

English translation

Thereafter, just like a menial servant, one should surrender all of his activities at the lotus feet of Krsna while chanting the three appropriate mantras. This should be followed by surrendering one's very self to the Lord.

HBV 8.410

Source

मन्त्रश् च— इतः पूर्वꣳ प्राण-बुद्धि-धर्माधिकारतो जाग्रत्-स्वप्न-सुषुप्त्य्-अवस्थासु मनसा वाचा कर्मणा हस्ताभ्याꣳ पद्भ्याम् उदरेण शिश्ना यत् स्मृतꣳ यद् उक्तꣳ यत् कृतꣳ तत् सर्वꣳ श्री-कृष्णार्पणꣳ भवतु स्वाहा माꣳ मदीयꣳ च सकलꣳ हरये समर्पयामीति । ओꣳ तत् सत् इति ।

mantraś ca— itaḥ pūrvaṁ prāṇa-buddhi-dharmādhikārato jāgrat-svapna-suṣupty-avasthāsu manasā vācā karmaṇā hastābhyāṁ padbhyām udareṇa śiśnā yat smṛtaṁ yad uktaṁ yat kṛtaṁ tat sarvaṁ śrī-kṛṣṇārpaṇaṁ bhavatu svāhā māṁ madīyaṁ ca sakalaṁ haraye samarpayāmīti | oṁ tat sat iti |

English translation

"Let all the activities performed by my life, intelligence, and body—let all my religious principles that I have followed in the states of wakefulness, dreaming, and deep sleep—let whatever I have contemplated, let whatever I have said, and let whatever I have done with my hands, legs, belly, and genitals be offered at the lotus feet of Sri Krsna. I surrender myself and all the

objects that are related to me at the lotus feet of Lord Hari." At the end, one should chant the mantra, orh tat sat.

HBV 8.411

Source

बृहन्-नारदीये— विरागी चेत् कर्म-फले न किञ्चिद् अपि कारयेत् । अर्पयेत् स्व-कृतꣳ कर्म प्रीयताम् इति मे हरिः

bṛhan-nāradīye— virāgī cet karma-phale na kiñcid api kārayet | arpayet sva-kṛtaṁ karma prīyatām iti me hariḥ

English translation

One who has developed detatchment from enjoying the results of his karma should surrender all his activities at the lotus feet of Krsna by saying: O Lord, please be satisfied with me.

HBV 8.412–413

Source

अत एव कूर्म-पुराणे— प्रीणातु भगवान् ईशः कर्मणानेन शाश्वतः । करोति सततꣳ बुद्ध्या ब्रह्मार्पणम् इदꣳ परम् यद् वा फलानाꣳ सन्न्यासꣳ प्रकुर्यात् परमेश्वरे । कर्मणाम् एतद् अप्य् आहुर् ब्रह्मार्पणम् अनुत्तमम्

ata eva kūrma-purāṇe— prīṇātu bhagavān īśaḥ karmaṇānena śāśvataḥ | karoti satataṁ buddhyā brahmārpaṇam idaṁ param yad vā phalānāṁ sannyāsaṁ prakuryāt parameśvare | karmaṇām etad apy āhur brahmārpaṇam anuttamam

English translation

May the Supreme Lord, who is the supreme controller, and who possesses an eternal form of bliss and knowledge, be pleased with me. By offering all of one's activities, and the results of all such activities, to the Supreme Lord, one is not bound by the reactions of karma. Rather, one becomes freed from material bondage and is reinstated as an eternal servant of the Supreme Lord.

HBV 8.414–415

Source

दक्षेण पाणिनार्घ्य-स्थꣳ गृहीत्वा चुलुकोदकम् । निधाय कृष्ण-पादाब्ज-समीपे प्रार्थयेद् इदम् पाद-त्रय-क्रमाक्रान्त त्रैलोकेश्वर केशव । त्वत्-प्रसादाद् इदꣳ तोयꣳ पाद्यꣳ ते’स्तु जनार्दन

dakṣeṇa pāṇinārghya-sthaṁ gṛhītvā culukodakam | nidhāya kṛṣṇa-pādābja-samīpe prārthayed idam pāda-traya-kramākrānta trailokeśvara keśava | tvat-prasādād idaṁ toyaṁ pādyaṁ te’stu janārdana

English translation

296 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA nidhaya krsna-pdddbja- samipe prdrthayed idam pdda-traya-kramdkrdntd trailokesvara kesava tvat-prasaddd idam toyam pddyarh te 'stu jandrdana One should take a small quantity of water from the plate of arghya, placing it in his right palm, and slowly pour it near the lotus feet of Sri Krsna while saying: O Lord of the three worlds! O Trivikrama! O Kesava! O Janardana! By Your mercy, let this water become pddya, for Your worship.

HBV 8.416

Source

बृहन्-नारदीये— पर-लोक-फल-प्रेप्सुः कुर्यात् कर्माण्य् अतन्द्रितः । हरेर् निवेदयेत् तानि तत् सर्वꣳ त्व् अक्षयꣳ भवेत्

bṛhan-nāradīye— para-loka-phala-prepsuḥ kuryāt karmāṇy atandritaḥ | harer nivedayet tāni tat sarvaṁ tv akṣayaṁ bhavet

English translation

brhan-ndradlye (In the Brhan-naradiya Purana it is stated) para-loka-phala-prepsuh kurydt karmdny atandritah harer nivedayet tdni tat sarvam tv aksayam bhavet A pious person, who desires benefit in his next life, and who therefore performs all activities with great care, offering the results at the lotus feet of Lord Hari, will obtain inexhaustible merit.

HBV 8.417

Source

अत एव नारायण-व्यूह-स्तवे— कृष्णार्पित-फलाः कृष्णꣳ स्व-धर्मेण यजन्ति ये । विष्णु-भक्त्य्-अर्थिनो धन्यास् तेभ्यो’पीह नमो नमः

ata eva nārāyaṇa-vyūha-stave— kṛṣṇārpita-phalāḥ kṛṣṇaṁ sva-dharmeṇa yajanti ye | viṣṇu-bhakty-arthino dhanyās tebhyo’pīha namo namaḥ

English translation

Those who are inclined to perform devotional service to Lord Visnu offer the results of their activities at His lotus feet and engage in His worship, according to their status of life. Such persons are most glorious and so we offer our repeated obeisances to them.

HBV 8.418

Source

अहꣳ भगवतो’ꣳशो’स्मि सदा दासो’स्मि सर्वथा । तत्-कृपापेक्षको नित्यम् इ त्य् आत्मानꣳ समर्पयेत्

ahaṁ bhagavato’ṁśo’smi sadā dāso’smi sarvathā | tat-kṛpāpekṣako nityam i ty ātmānaṁ samarpayet

English translation

"I am an eternal part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. Therefore, I am His eternal servant. I aspire for His mercy at every moment." Thinking in this way, one should surrender himself.

HBV 8.419

Source

तथा चोक्तꣳ श्री-शङ्कराचार्य-पादैः – सत्य् अपि भेदापगमे नाथ तवाहꣳ न मामकीनस् त्वम् । सामुद्रो हि तरङ्गः क्वचन समुद्रो न तारङ्गः

tathā coktaṁ śrī-śaṅkarācārya-pādaiḥ – saty api bhedāpagame nātha tavāhaṁ na māmakīnas tvam | sāmudro hi taraṅgaḥ kvacana samudro na tāraṅgaḥ

English translation

O Lord! O master! When the illusion that separates the Supreme Lord from this material world is removed, I will realize that I am an integral part of You—an eternal servant. I am not the Supreme Brahman. Just as the waves of the ocean, which are parts and parcels of the ocean, can never be addressed as the complete ocean, as part and parcel, I can never be considered the Supreme Lord.

HBV 8.420

Source

सप्तम-स्कन्धे श्री-प्रह्लादोक्तौ [भ्प् ७.६.२६] – धर्मार्थ-काम इति यो ऽभिहितस् त्रि-वर्ग ईक्षा त्रयी नय-दमौ विविधा च वार्ता । मन्ये तद् एतद् अखिलꣳ निगमस्य सत्यꣳ स्वात्मार्पणꣳ स्व-सुहृदः परमस्य पुꣳसः

saptama-skandhe śrī-prahlādoktau [BhP 7.6.26] – dharmārtha-kāma iti yo 'bhihitas tri-varga īkṣā trayī naya-damau vividhā ca vārtā | manye tad etad akhilaṁ nigamasya satyaṁ svātmārpaṇaṁ sva-suhṛdaḥ paramasya puṁsaḥ

English translation

Religion, economic development and sense gratification—these are described in the Vedas as tri-varga, or three ways to salvation. Within these

298 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA three categories are education and self-realization; ritualistic ceremonies performed according to Vedic injunction; logic; the science of law and order; and the various means of earning one's livelihood. These are the external subject matters of study in the Vedas, and therefore I consider them material. However, I consider surrender to the lotus feet of Lord Visnu to be transcendental.

HBV 8.421

Source

एकादशे श्री-भगवद्-उद्धव-सꣳवादे [भ्प् ११.२९.३४] -- मर्त्यो यदा त्यक्त-समस्त-कर्मा निवेदितात्मा विचिकीर्षितो मे । तदामृतत्वꣳ प्रतिपद्यमानो मयात्म-भूयाय च कल्पते वै

ekādaśe śrī-bhagavad-uddhava-saṁvāde [BhP 11.29.34] -- martyo yadā tyakta-samasta-karmā niveditātmā vicikīrṣito me | tadāmṛtatvaṁ pratipadyamāno mayātma-bhūyāya ca kalpate vai

English translation

recorded in the Srimad'Bhdgavatam [11.29.34] this verse is found) martyo yadd tyakta-samasta-karmd niveditdtmd viciklrsito me taddmrtatvam pratipadyamdno maydtma-bhuydya ca kalpate vai A person who gives up all fruitive activities and offers himself entirely unto Me, eagerly desiring to render service unto Me, achieves liberation from birth and death and is promoted to the status of sharing My own opulences.

HBV 8.422–424

Source

जपस्य पुरतः कृत्वा प्राणायाम-त्रयꣳ बुधः । मन्त्रार्थ-स्मृति-पूर्वꣳ च जपेद् अष्टोत्तरꣳ शतम् । मूलꣳ लेख्येन विधिना सदैव जप-मालया शक्तौ’ष्टाधिक-साहस्रम् जपेत् तꣳ चार्पयन् जपम् । प्राणायामाꣳश् च कृत्वा त्रीन् दद्यात् कृष्ण-करे जलम् गुह्यातिगुह्य-गोप्ता त्वꣳ गृहाणास्मत्-कृतꣳ जपम् । सिद्धिर् भवतु मे देव त्वत्-प्रसादात् त्वयि स्थिते इति ।

japasya purataḥ kṛtvā prāṇāyāma-trayaṁ budhaḥ | mantrārtha-smṛti-pūrvaṁ ca japed aṣṭottaraṁ śatam | mūlaṁ lekhyena vidhinā sadaiva japa-mālayā śaktau’ṣṭādhika-sāhasram japet taṁ cārpayan japam | prāṇāyāmāṁś ca kṛtvā trīn dadyāt kṛṣṇa-kare jalam guhyātiguhya-goptā tvaṁ gṛhāṇāsmat-kṛtaṁ japam | siddhir bhavatu me deva tvat-prasādāt tvayi sthite iti |

English translation

Before chanting mantras, a learned person should practice prdndydma three times, contemplate the meaning of the mantra, and then chant the mula mantras one hundred and eight times on his beads, according to the prescribed rules and regulations. If one is capable of doing so then he should

EIGHTH VILAS A 299 chant the mula mantras one thousand and eight times. After finishing his chanting, one should again perform pranayama three times and offer a little water to the hand of Sri Krsna. Text 424 tatra cayam mantrah (The mantra is:) guhyati-guhya-gopta tvam grhdnasmat-krtam japam siddhir bhavatu me deva tvat-prasadat tvayi sthite. iti. O Lord, knowledge of You is very confidential and You protect the most confidential subjects of Vedic understanding. Kindly accept this chanting of my mantra. May 1 attain the same perfection as that which is enjoyed by Your unalloyed devotees.

HBV 8.425–426

Source

जप-प्रकारो यो’पेक्ष्यो मालादि-नियमात्मकः । पुरश्चर्या-प्रसङ्गे तु स विलिख्यते’ग्रतः अर्पितꣳ तꣳ च सञ्चिन्त्य स्वीकृतꣳ प्रभुणाखिलम् । पुनः स्तुत्वा यथा-शक्ति प्रणम्य प्रार्थयेद् इदम्

japa-prakāro yo’pekṣyo mālādi-niyamātmakaḥ | puraścaryā-prasaṅge tu sa vilikhyate’grataḥ arpitaṁ taṁ ca sañcintya svīkṛtaṁ prabhuṇākhilam | punaḥ stutvā yathā-śakti praṇamya prārthayed idam

English translation

The particular procedure and rules regarding the chanting of mantras will be described later on, in the purascarana section of this book. One should think that the Supreme Lord has acknowledged his chanting of mantras. Thereafter, one should glorify the Lord and pray to Him in the following manner, after offering obeisances.

HBV 8.427

Source

आगमे— मन्त्र-हीनꣳ क्रिया-हीनꣳ भक्ति-हीनꣳ जनार्दन । यत् पूजितꣳ मया देव परिपूर्णꣳ तद् अस्तु मे

āgame— mantra-hīnaṁ kriyā-hīnaṁ bhakti-hīnaṁ janārdana | yat pūjitaṁ mayā deva paripūrṇaṁ tad astu me

English translation

dgame (In the Agamas it is stated) mantra-hlnam kriyd-hlnarh bhakti-hlnam janardana yat pujitam maya deva paripurnarh tad astu me

300 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O Janardana! O Lord, I do not properly know any mantra or any religious ritual, nor do I have any devotion for You. May my worship to You become complete, by Your mercy.

HBV 8.428–429

Source

किꣳ च— यद् दत्तꣳ भक्ति-मात्रेण पत्रꣳ पुष्पꣳ फलꣳ जलम् । आवेदितꣳ निवेद्यꣳ तु तद् गृहाणानुकम्पया विधि-हीनꣳ मन्त्र-हीनꣳ यत् किञ्चिद् उपपादितम् । क्रिया-मन्त्र-विहीनꣳ वा तत् सर्वꣳ क्षन्तुम् अर्हसि

kiṁ ca— yad dattaṁ bhakti-mātreṇa patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ jalam | āveditaṁ nivedyaṁ tu tad gṛhāṇānukampayā vidhi-hīnaṁ mantra-hīnaṁ yat kiñcid upapāditam | kriyā-mantra-vihīnaṁ vā tat sarvaṁ kṣantum arhasi

English translation

O Lord, kindly accept whatever leaves, flowers, fruit, and water I have offered to You with devotion. I do not know any mantras, I am not aware of the prescribed rules and regulations, and I do not know how to perform the required rituals. Still, it is my fervent hope that You will kindly forgive all my offenses.

HBV 8.430–431

Source

किꣳ च— अज्ञानाद् अथवा ज्ञानाद् अशुभꣳ यन् मया कृतम् । क्षन्तुम् अर्हसि तत् सर्वꣳ दास्येनैव गृहाण माम् स्थितिः सेवा गतिर् यात्रा स्मृतिश् चिन्ता स्तुतिर् वचः । भूयात् सर्वात्मना विष्णो मदीयꣳ त्वयि चेष्टितम्

kiṁ ca— ajñānād athavā jñānād aśubhaṁ yan mayā kṛtam | kṣantum arhasi tat sarvaṁ dāsyenaiva gṛhāṇa mām sthitiḥ sevā gatir yātrā smṛtiś cintā stutir vacaḥ | bhūyāt sarvātmanā viṣṇo madīyaṁ tvayi ceṣṭitam

English translation

Please forgive all the offenses that I have committed, knowingly or unknowingly, for I am Your eternal servant. O Lord Visnu, may my existence, service, destination, movements, remembrance, thoughts, prayers, and speech be aimed at pleasing You.

HBV 8.432–433

Source

अपि च— कृष्ण राम मुकुन्द वामन वासुदेव जगद्-गुरो । मत्स्य कच्छप नारसिꣳह वराह राघव पाहि माम् देव-दानव-नारदादि-वन्द्य दया-निधे । देवकी-सुत देहि मे तव पाद-भक्तिम् अचलाम्

api ca— kṛṣṇa rāma mukunda vāmana vāsudeva jagad-guro | matsya kacchapa nārasiṁha varāha rāghava pāhi mām deva-dānava-nāradādi-vandya dayā-nidhe | devakī-suta dehi me tava pāda-bhaktim acalām

English translation

O Krsna! O Rama! O Mukunda! O Vamana! O Vasudeva! O spiritual master of the universe! O Matsya! O Varaha! O Nrsimha! O Kurma! O Raghava! Please protect me and maintain me. O my Lord, who is worshiped by the demigods and the demons! O ocean of mercy! O son of Devaki! May You award me unflinching devotional service at Your lotus feet.

HBV 8.434

Source

श्री-विष्णु-पुराणे [विप् १.२०.१८-१९] – नाथ योनि-सहस्रेषु येषु येषु व्रजाम्य् अहम् । तेषु तेष्व् अच्युता भक्तिर् अच्युते’स्तु सदा त्वयि

śrī-viṣṇu-purāṇe [ViP 1.20.18-19] – nātha yoni-sahasreṣu yeṣu yeṣu vrajāmy aham | teṣu teṣv acyutā bhaktir acyute’stu sadā tvayi

English translation

O my Lord! O Acyuta! Among the many thousands of species of life, wherever I am born, may I always possess unflinching devotional service for Your lotus feet in each of my births.

HBV 8.435

Source

या प्रीतिर् अविवेकानाꣳ विषयेष्व् अनपायिनी । त्वाम् अनुस्मरतः सा मे हृदयान् नापसर्पतु

yā prītir avivekānāṁ viṣayeṣv anapāyinī | tvām anusmarataḥ sā me hṛdayān nāpasarpatu

English translation

Materialistic people are always attached to sense gratification. Still, may the love and devotion that I have developed by remembering Your lotus feet remain constantly fixed within my heart without interruption.

302 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 8.436

Source

पाण्डव-गीतायाꣳ – कीटेषु पक्षिषु मृगेषु सरीसृपेषु रक्षः-पिशाच-मनुजेष्व् अपि यत्र तत्र । जातस्य मे भवतु केशव ते प्रसादात् त्वय्य् एव भक्तिर् अतुलाव्यभिचारिणी च

pāṇḍava-gītāyāṁ – kīṭeṣu pakṣiṣu mṛgeṣu sarīsṛpeṣu rakṣaḥ-piśāca-manujeṣv api yatra tatra | jātasya me bhavatu keśava te prasādāt tvayy eva bhaktir atulāvyabhicāriṇī ca

English translation

O Kesava, it does not matter if I become an animal, a bird, an insect, a deer, a reptile, a demon, a ghost, or a human being, according to my own misdeeds. Please be kind to me so that I may always have firm faith and fixed devotional service unto You.

HBV 8.437

Source

पाद्मे -- युवतीनाꣳ यथा यूनि यूनाꣳ च युवतौ यथा । मनो ऽभिरमते तद्वन् मनो ऽभिरमताꣳ त्वयि

pādme -- yuvatīnāṁ yathā yūni yūnāṁ ca yuvatau yathā | mano 'bhiramate tadvan mano 'bhiramatāṁ tvayi

English translation

May my mind always remain attached to You just as the mind of a young man remains attached to a young woman.

HBV 8.438

Source

ततो’पराधान् श्री-कृष्णꣳ क्षमा-शीलꣳ क्षमापयेत् । सकाकु कीर्तयन् श्लोकान् उत्तमान् साम्प्रदायिकान्

tato’parādhān śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ kṣamā-śīlaṁ kṣamāpayet | sakāku kīrtayan ślokān uttamān sāmpradāyikān

English translation

Thereafter, one should beg forgiveness from Lord Krsna, who naturally forgives His devotees, by humbly reciting selected verses that are appreciated by his sampraddya.

HBV 8.439

Source

तथा हि— अपराध-सहस्राणि क्रियन्ते’हर्निशꣳ मया । दासो’हम् इति माꣳ मत्वा क्षमस्व मधुसूदन

tathā hi— aparādha-sahasrāṇi kriyante’harniśaṁ mayā | dāso’ham iti māṁ matvā kṣamasva madhusūdana

English translation

O my Lord, I am committing thousands of offenses, throughout the day and night. Please accept me as Your eternal servant and thus forgive all of my offenses.

HBV 8.440

Source

किꣳ च— प्रतिज्ञा तव गोविन्द न मे भक्तः प्रणश्यति । इति सꣳस्मृत्य सꣳस्मृत्य प्राणान् सꣳधारयाम्य् अहम्

kiṁ ca— pratijñā tava govinda na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati | iti saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya prāṇān saṁdhārayāmy aham

English translation

O Govinda, You have promised: My devotee never perishes. I simply remain in this world by remembering this statement of Yours.

HBV 8.441–448

Source

आगमे – यानैर् वा पादुकैर् वापि गमनꣳ भगवद्-गृहे । देवोत्सवाद्य्-असेवा च अप्रणामस् तद्-अग्रतः उच्छिष्टे वाप्य् अशौचे वा भगवद्-वन्दनादिकम् । एक-हस्त-प्रणामश् च तत्-पुरस्तात् प्रदक्षिणम् पाद-प्रसारणꣳ चाग्रे तथा पर्यङ्क-बन्धनम् । शयनꣳ भक्षणꣳ चापि मिथ्या-भाषणम् एव च उच्चैर् भाषा मिथो जल्पो रोदनानि च विग्रहः । निग्रहानुग्रहौ चैव नृषु च क्रूर-भाषणम् कम्बलावरणꣳ चैव पर-निन्दा पर-स्तुतिः । अश्लील-भाषणꣳ चैव अधो-वायु-विमोक्षणम् शक्तौ गौणोपचारश् च अनिवेदित-भक्षणम् । तत्-तत्-कालोद्भवानाꣳ च फलादीनाम् अनर्पणम् विनियुक्तावैशिष्ठस्य प्रदानꣳ व्यञ्जनादिके । पृष्ठीकृत्यासनꣳ चैव परेषाम् अभिवादनम् गुरौ मौनꣳ निज-स्तोत्रꣳ देवता-निन्दनꣳ तथा । अपराधास् तथा विष्णोर् द्वात्रिꣳशत् परिकीर्तिताः

āgame – yānair vā pādukair vāpi gamanaṁ bhagavad-gṛhe | devotsavādy-asevā ca apraṇāmas tad-agrataḥ ucchiṣṭe vāpy aśauce vā bhagavad-vandanādikam | eka-hasta-praṇāmaś ca tat-purastāt pradakṣiṇam pāda-prasāraṇaṁ cāgre tathā paryaṅka-bandhanam | śayanaṁ bhakṣaṇaṁ cāpi mithyā-bhāṣaṇam eva ca uccair bhāṣā mitho jalpo rodanāni ca vigrahaḥ | nigrahānugrahau caiva nṛṣu ca krūra-bhāṣaṇam kambalāvaraṇaṁ caiva para-nindā para-stutiḥ | aślīla-bhāṣaṇaṁ caiva adho-vāyu-vimokṣaṇam śaktau gauṇopacāraś ca anivedita-bhakṣaṇam | tat-tat-kālodbhavānāṁ ca phalādīnām anarpaṇam viniyuktāvaiśiṣṭhasya pradānaṁ vyañjanādike | pṛṣṭhīkṛtyāsanaṁ caiva pareṣām abhivādanam gurau maunaṁ nija-stotraṁ devatā-nindanaṁ tathā | aparādhās tathā viṣṇor dvātriṁśat parikīrtitāḥ

English translation

One should not enter the temple while seated on a palanquin or with shoes on his feet. One should not fail to observe the various festivals for the pleasure of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, such as Janmastami and Ratha-yatra. One should not avoid bowing down before the Deity. One should not enter the temple to worship the Lord without having washed one's hands and feet after eating. One should not enter the temple in a contaminated state. One should not bow down on one hand. One should not circumambulate in front of Sri Krsna. One should not spread his legs before the Deity. One should not sit before the Deity while holding his ankles, elbows, or knees. One should not lie down before the Deity of Krsna. One should not accept prasada before the Deity. One should never speak a lie before the Deity. One should not talk very loudly before the Deity. One should not talk with others before the Deity. One should not cry or howl before the Deity. One should not quarrel or fight before the Deity. One should not chastise anyone before the Deity. One should not be charitable to beggars before the Deity. One should not speak very harshly to others

EIGHTH VILAS A before the Deity. One should not wear a fur blanket before the Deity. One should not eulogize or praise anyone else before the Deity. One should not speak profanity before the Deity. One should not pass air before the Deity. One should not fail to worship the Deity according to one's means. One should not eat anything that is not offered first to Krsna. One should not fail to offer fresh fruit and grains to Krsna, according to the season. After food has been cooked, no one should be offered any of it unless it has first been offered to the Deity. One should not sit with his back toward the Deity. One should not offer obeisances silently to the spiritual master, or in other words, one should recite aloud the prayers to the spiritual master while offering obeisances. One should not fail to offer some praise in the presence of the spiritual master. One should not praise himself before the spiritual master. One should not deride the demigods before the Deity. These are the thirty-two sevdparddhas that should be avoided by Vaisnavas.

HBV 8.449–469

Source

वाराहे— द्वात्रिꣳशद्-अपराधा ये कीर्त्यन्ते वसुधे मया । वैष्णवेन सदा ते तु वर्जनीयाः प्रयत्नतः ये वै न वर्जयन्त्य् एतान् अपराधान् मयोदितान् । सर्व-धर्म-परिभ्रष्टाः पच्यन्ते नरके चिरम् राजान्न-भक्षणꣳ चैवम् आपद्य् अपि भयावहम् । ध्वान्तागारे हरेः स्पर्शः परꣳ सुकृत-नाशनः तथैव विधिम् उल्लङ्घ्य सहसा स्पर्शनꣳ हरेः । द्वारोद्घाटो विना वाद्यꣳ क्रोड-माꣳस-निवेदनम् पादुकाभ्याꣳ तथा विष्णोर् मन्दिरायोपसर्पणम् । कुक्कुरोच्छिष्ट-कलनꣳ मौन-भङ्गो’च्युतार्चने तथा पूजन-काले विड्-उत्सर्गाय सर्पणम् । श्राद्धादिकम् अकृत्वा च नवान्नस्य च भक्षणम् अदत्त्वा गन्ध-माल्यादि धूपनꣳ मधुघातिनः । अकर्मण्य् अप्रसूनेन पूजनꣳ च हरेस् तथा अकृत्वा दन्त-काष्ठꣳ च कृत्वा निधूवनꣳ तथा । स्पृष्ट्वा रजस्वलाꣳ दीपꣳ तथा मृतकम् एव च रक्तꣳ नीलम् अधौतꣳ च पारक्यꣳ मलिनꣳ पटम् । परिधाय मृतꣳ दृष्ट्वा विमुच्यापान-मारुतम् क्रोधꣳ कृत्वा श्मशानꣳ च गत्वा भुक्ताप्य् अजीर्ण-युक् । भक्षयित्वा क्रोड-माꣳसꣳ पिन्याकꣳ जाल-पादकम् तथा कुसुम्भ-शाकꣳ च तैलाभ्यङ्गꣳ विधाय च । हरेः स्पर्शो हरेः कर्म-करणꣳ पातकावहम् किꣳ तत्रैव— मम शास्त्रꣳ बहिष्कृत्य अस्माकꣳ यः प्रपद्यते । मुक्त्वा च मम शास्त्राणि शास्त्रम् अन्यत् प्रभाषसे मद्यपस् तु समासाद्य प्रविशेद् भवनꣳ मम यो मे कुसुम्भ-शाकेन प्रापणꣳ कुरुते नरः अपि च— मम दृष्टेर् अभिमुखꣳ ताम्बूलꣳ चर्वयेत् तु यः । कुरूवकः पलाशस्थैः पुष्पैः कुर्यान् ममार्चनम् ममार्चाम् आसुरे काले यः करोति विमूढ-धीः । पीठासनोपविष्टो यः पूजयेद् वा निरासनः वाम-हस्तेन माꣳ धृत्वा स्नापयेद् वा विमूढ-धीः । पूजा पर्युषितैः पुष्पैः ष्ठीवनꣳ गर्व-कल्पनम् तिर्यक्-पुण्ड्र-धरो भूत्वा यः करोति ममार्चनम् । याचितैः पत्र-पुष्पाद्यैर् यः करोति ममार्चनम् अप्रक्षालित-पादो यः प्रविशेन् मम मन्दिरम् । अवैष्णवस्य पक्वान्नꣳ यो मह्यꣳ विनिवेदयेत् अवैष्णवेषु पश्यत्सु मम पूजाꣳ करोति यः । अपूजयित्वा विघ्नेशꣳ सम्भाष्य च कपालिनम् नरः पूजाꣳ तु यः कुर्यात् स्नपनꣳ च नखाम्भसा । अमौनी धर्म-लिप्ताङ्गो मम पूजाꣳ करोति यः

vārāhe— dvātriṁśad-aparādhā ye kīrtyante vasudhe mayā | vaiṣṇavena sadā te tu varjanīyāḥ prayatnataḥ ye vai na varjayanty etān aparādhān mayoditān | sarva-dharma-paribhraṣṭāḥ pacyante narake ciram rājānna-bhakṣaṇaṁ caivam āpady api bhayāvaham | dhvāntāgāre hareḥ sparśaḥ paraṁ sukṛta-nāśanaḥ tathaiva vidhim ullaṅghya sahasā sparśanaṁ hareḥ | dvārodghāṭo vinā vādyaṁ kroḍa-māṁsa-nivedanam pādukābhyāṁ tathā viṣṇor mandirāyopasarpaṇam | kukkurocchiṣṭa-kalanaṁ mauna-bhaṅgo’cyutārcane tathā pūjana-kāle viḍ-utsargāya sarpaṇam | śrāddhādikam akṛtvā ca navānnasya ca bhakṣaṇam adattvā gandha-mālyādi dhūpanaṁ madhughātinaḥ | akarmaṇy aprasūnena pūjanaṁ ca hares tathā akṛtvā danta-kāṣṭhaṁ ca kṛtvā nidhūvanaṁ tathā | spṛṣṭvā rajasvalāṁ dīpaṁ tathā mṛtakam eva ca raktaṁ nīlam adhautaṁ ca pārakyaṁ malinaṁ paṭam | paridhāya mṛtaṁ dṛṣṭvā vimucyāpāna-mārutam krodhaṁ kṛtvā śmaśānaṁ ca gatvā bhuktāpy ajīrṇa-yuk | bhakṣayitvā kroḍa-māṁsaṁ pinyākaṁ jāla-pādakam tathā kusumbha-śākaṁ ca tailābhyaṅgaṁ vidhāya ca | hareḥ sparśo hareḥ karma-karaṇaṁ pātakāvaham kiṁ tatraiva— mama śāstraṁ bahiṣkṛtya asmākaṁ yaḥ prapadyate | muktvā ca mama śāstrāṇi śāstram anyat prabhāṣase madyapas tu samāsādya praviśed bhavanaṁ mama yo me kusumbha-śākena prāpaṇaṁ kurute naraḥ api ca— mama dṛṣṭer abhimukhaṁ tāmbūlaṁ carvayet tu yaḥ | kurūvakaḥ palāśasthaiḥ puṣpaiḥ kuryān mamārcanam mamārcām āsure kāle yaḥ karoti vimūḍha-dhīḥ | pīṭhāsanopaviṣṭo yaḥ pūjayed vā nirāsanaḥ vāma-hastena māṁ dhṛtvā snāpayed vā vimūḍha-dhīḥ | pūjā paryuṣitaiḥ puṣpaiḥ ṣṭhīvanaṁ garva-kalpanam tiryak-puṇḍra-dharo bhūtvā yaḥ karoti mamārcanam | yācitaiḥ patra-puṣpādyair yaḥ karoti mamārcanam aprakṣālita-pādo yaḥ praviśen mama mandiram | avaiṣṇavasya pakvānnaṁ yo mahyaṁ vinivedayet avaiṣṇaveṣu paśyatsu mama pūjāṁ karoti yaḥ | apūjayitvā vighneśaṁ sambhāṣya ca kapālinam naraḥ pūjāṁ tu yaḥ kuryāt snapanaṁ ca nakhāmbhasā | amaunī dharma-liptāṅgo mama pūjāṁ karoti yaḥ

English translation

306 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA padhukahhyam tatha visnor mandirdyopasarpanam kukkurocchista-kalanam mauna-bhango 'cyutdrcane tatha pujana-kdle ca vid-utsargaya sarpanam sraddhddikam akrtvd ca navdnnasya ca bhaksanam adattvd gandha-mdlyddi dhupanam madhughdtinah akarmany aprasunena pujanam ca hares tatha akrtvd danda-kdstham ca krtvd nidhuvanarh tatha sprstvd rajasvaldrh diparh tatha mrtakam eva ca raktarh nllam adhautam ca parakyarh malinarh patam paridhdya mrtarh drstvd vimucydpdna-marutam krodharh krtvd smasdnarh ca gatvd bhutvapy ajlrna-bhuk bhaksayitvd kroda-mdrhsarh pinydkarh jala-pddakam tatha kusumbha-sdkarh ca taildbhyangarh vidhdya ca hareh sparso hareh karma- kdranam pdtakdvaham mama sdstram bahis-krtya asmdkam yah prapadyate muktvd ca mama sdstrdni sdstram anyat prabhdsate

madyapas tu samdsddya pravised bhavanarh mama yo me kusumbha-sdkena prapanam kurute narah mama drster abhimukham tdmbularh carcayet tu yah kuruvaka-palasa-sthaih puspaih kuryan mamarcanam mamarcdm asure kale yah karoti vimudha-dhlh plthasanopavisto yah pujayed va nirasanah vama-hastena mam dhrtva snapayed va vimudha-dhlh pujd paryusitaih puspaih sthivanam garva-kalpanam tiryak-pundra-dharo bhutva yah karoti mamarcanam yacitaih patra-puspadyair yah karoti mamarcanam apraksalita-pado yah pravisen mama mandiram avaisnavasya pakvannam yo mahyam vinivedayet avaisnavesu pasyatsu mama pujdm karoti yah apujayitvd vighnesarh sambhasya ca kapalinam narah pujdm tu yah kurydt snapanarh ca nakhambhasd amauni gharma-liptdhgo mama pujdm karoti yah

Lord Varaha had instructed the earth, saying that Vaisnavas should avoid these offenses. Those who fail to do so will fall down from their observance of religious principles and perpetually dwell in hell. Eating food given by a king is a grave offense. One should always avoid eating such food, even if he is starving. One should not touch the Deity in a dark room. One should not enter the temple without first making some sound. One should not offer flesh to the Deity. One should not enter the temple wearing shoes. One should not offer any food to the Deity that has been seen by dogs, or other lower animals. One should not break the silence while worshiping. One should not pass urine or evacuate while engaged in worshiping the Deities. One should not eat newly grown crops without first performing the sraddha ceremony. One should not offer incense without offering some flowers. Useless flowers that are without any fragrance should not be offered. One should not fail to brush his teeth very carefully every day. One should not enter the temple directly after having sexual intercourse. One should not touch a woman during her menstrual period. One should not enter the temple after touching a dead body. One should not enter the temple wearing red or blue garments, or garments that are unwashed. One should not enter the temple wearing dirty clothes or clothes that were borrowed. One should not enter the temple after seeing a dead body. One should not pass air within the temple. One should not become angry within the temple. One should not enter the temple after visiting a crematorium. One should not belch before the Deity and so, until one has fully digested his food, he should not enter the temple. One should not enter the temple after eating meat, fish, eggs, or kusumbha sak. One should not enter the Deity room or touch the Deity after having smeared oil over his body. One should not show disrespect to a scripture that teaches the supremacy of the Lord. One should not introduce any opposing scripture. One should not enter the temple after associating with a drunkard. One should not offer kusumbha sak to the Deity. One should not chew betel before the Deity. One should not offer kuruvaka and paldsa flowers to the Deity. One should not worship the Deity at an inapproriate time. One should not worship the Lord while sitting on the bare floor—one must have a sitting mat or carpet. One should not bathe the Deity while holding Him with his left hand. One should not offer old or wilted flowers to the Deity. One should not spit in the temple. One should not display pride within the temple. One should not decorate his forehead with three-lined tilaka. One should not beg flowers from

others when he can collect them without doing so. One should not enter the temple without washing his hands and feet. One should not offer food that was cooked by a nondevotee. One should not worship the Deity in front of a nondevotee. One should not worship the Deity without first worshiping Ganapati. One should not worship the Deity after conversing with a tannic. One should not bathe the Deity with water that had been contaminated by the touch of his nails. One should not break the silence while worshiping, and one should not worship the Deity with a sweaty body.

HBV 8.470

Source

ज्ञेयाः परे’पि बहवो’पराधाः सद्-असम्मतैः । आचारैः शास्त्र-विहित-निषिद्धातिक्रमादिभिः । तत्रापि सर्वथा कृष्ण-निर्माल्यꣳ तु न लङ्घयेत्

jñeyāḥ pare’pi bahavo’parādhāḥ sad-asammataiḥ | ācāraiḥ śāstra-vihita-niṣiddhātikramādibhiḥ | tatrāpi sarvathā kṛṣṇa-nirmālyaṁ tu na laṅghayet

English translation

Apart from these offenses, one should avoid transgressing the other rules that are mentioned in sdstra. One should never display disrespect for the remnants of Lord Krsna's food.

HBV 8.471

Source

तथा च नारसिꣳहे शन्तनुꣳ प्रति नारद-वाक्यम् – अतः परꣳ तु निर्माल्यꣳ न लङ्घय महीपते । नरसिꣳहस्य देवस्य तथान्येषाꣳ दिवौकसाम्

tathā ca nārasiṁhe śantanuṁ prati nārada-vākyam – ataḥ paraṁ tu nirmālyaṁ na laṅghaya mahīpate | narasiṁhasya devasya tathānyeṣāṁ divaukasām

English translation

O foremost of kings, never show disrespect to the remnants of Lord Nrsimhadeva's food, nor to the demigods.

HBV 8.472

Source

कृष्णस्य परितोषेप्सुर् न तच्-छपथम् आचरेत् । नाना-देवस्य निर्माल्यम् उपयुञ्जीत न क्वचित्

kṛṣṇasya paritoṣepsur na tac-chapatham ācaret | nānā-devasya nirmālyam upayuñjīta na kvacit

English translation

310 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA One who desires to please Lord Krsna should never swear in His name. One should never pertake of the remnants of the demigods and goddesses.

HBV 8.473–474

Source

तथा विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— आपाद्य् अपि च कष्टायाꣳ देवेश-शपथꣳ नरः । न करोति हि यो ब्रह्मꣳस् तस्य तुष्यति केशवः न धारयति निर्माल्यम् अन्य-देव-धृतꣳ तु यः । भुङ्क्ते न चान्य-नैवेद्यꣳ तस्य तुष्यति केशवः इति ।

tathā viṣṇu-dharmottare— āpādy api ca kaṣṭāyāṁ deveśa-śapathaṁ naraḥ | na karoti hi yo brahmaṁs tasya tuṣyati keśavaḥ na dhārayati nirmālyam anya-deva-dhṛtaṁ tu yaḥ | bhuṅkte na cānya-naivedyaṁ tasya tuṣyati keśavaḥ iti |

English translation

O brahmana, Lord Kesava is pleased with a person who, even during times of danger or distress, does not swear by uttering His name. The Supreme Lord also becomes satisfied with one who never accepts the remnants of food that was offered to the demigods.

HBV 8.475–477

Source

सꣳवत्सरस्य मध्ये तु तीर्थे शौकरके मम । कृतोपवासः स्नानेन गङ्गायाꣳ शुद्धिम् आप्नुयात् मथुरायाꣳ तथाप्य् एवꣳ सापराधः शुचि भवेत् अनयोस् तीर्थयोर् एकꣳ यः सेवेत सुकृती नरः ॥ सहस्र-जन्म-जनितान् अपराधान् जहाति सः

saṁvatsarasya madhye tu tīrthe śaukarake mama | kṛtopavāsaḥ snānena gaṅgāyāṁ śuddhim āpnuyāt mathurāyāṁ tathāpy evaṁ sāparādhaḥ śuci bhavet anayos tīrthayor ekaṁ yaḥ seveta sukṛtī naraḥ || sahasra-janma-janitān aparādhān jahāti saḥ

English translation

An offender can become purified of his offenses by residing at saukara ttrtha while completely fasting and bathing in the Ganges if this penance is performed within one year from the time of commiting the offense. The same penance can be observed while residing at Mathura. Anyone who engages

in the service of the Supreme Lord while residing in these two holy places is certainly pious. In fact, all of his offenses that were accumulated during his previous one thousand lifetimes can be atoned for in this way.

HBV 8.478

Source

स्कान्दे – अहन्य् अहनि यो मर्त्यो गीताध्यायꣳ पठेत् तु वै । द्वात्रिꣳशद्-अपराधाꣳस् तु क्षमते तस्य केशवः

skānde – ahany ahani yo martyo gītādhyāyaṁ paṭhet tu vai | dvātriṁśad-aparādhāṁs tu kṣamate tasya keśavaḥ

English translation

A person who recites a chapter of the Bhagavad-glta every day will gradually become free from the effects of the thirty-two kinds of offenses.

HBV 8.479

Source

तत्र कार्त्तिक-माहात्म्ये -- तुलस्या रोपणꣳ कार्यꣳ श्रावणेषु विशेषतः । अपराध-सहस्राणि क्षमते पुरुषोत्तमः

tatra kārttika-māhātmye -- tulasyā ropaṇaṁ kāryaṁ śrāvaṇeṣu viśeṣataḥ | aparādha-sahasrāṇi kṣamate puruṣottamaḥ

English translation

Lord Kesava forgives the thirty-two kinds of offenses when a devotee worships the salagrama-sila with offerings of tulasi leaves.

HBV 8.480

Source

तत्रैवान्यत्र – द्वादश्याꣳ जागरे विष्णोर् यः पठेत् तुलसी-स्तवम् । द्वात्रिꣳशद्-अपराधानि क्षमते तस्य केशवः

tatraivānyatra – dvādaśyāṁ jāgare viṣṇor yaḥ paṭhet tulasī-stavam | dvātriṁśad-aparādhāni kṣamate tasya keśavaḥ

English translation

Lord Kesava certainly forgives the thirty-two types of offenses when a devotee remains awake during the night of Dvadasi and recites prayers in glorification of tulasi.

HBV 8.481

Source

यः करोति हरेः पूजाꣳ कृष्ण-शत्राङ्कितो नरः । अपराध-सहस्राणि नित्यꣳ हरति केशवः

yaḥ karoti hareḥ pūjāṁ kṛṣṇa-śatrāṅkito naraḥ | aparādha-sahasrāṇi nityaṁ harati keśavaḥ

English translation

312 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA aparadha-sahasrani nityarh harati kesavah. iti. Lord Kesava forgives thousands of offenses when a devotee decorates his body with the symbols of Krsna's weapons.

HBV 8.482

Source

ततो भगवता दत्तꣳ मन्यमानो दयालुना । महा-प्रसाद इत्य् उक्त्वा शेषꣳ शिरसि धारयेत्

tato bhagavatā dattaṁ manyamāno dayālunā | mahā-prasāda ity uktvā śeṣaṁ śirasi dhārayet

English translation

Thereafter, while thinking that the Lord has mercifully given him His remnants, one should chant the word mahd-prasada while touching the prasdda to his head.

HBV 8.483

Source

पाद्मे श्री-गौतमाम्बरीष-सꣳवादे— अम्बरीष हरेर् लग्नꣳ नीरꣳ पुष्पꣳ विलेपनम् । भक्त्या न धत्ते शिरसा श्वपचाद् अधिको हि सः

pādme śrī-gautamāmbarīṣa-saṁvāde— ambarīṣa harer lagnaṁ nīraṁ puṣpaṁ vilepanam | bhaktyā na dhatte śirasā śvapacād adhiko hi saḥ

English translation

is recorded in the Padma Pur ana, this verse is found) ambarisa harer lagnarh nirarh pusparh vilepanam bhaktyd na dhatte sirasa svapacdd adhiko hi sah O Ambarisa, one who does not honor Lord Hari's remnants, such as the water that has washed His lotus feet, and the flowers and sandalwood paste that were offered to Him, is certainly lower than a dog-eater.

HBV 8.484

Source

स्कान्दे ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे— कृष्णोत्तीर्णꣳ तु निर्माल्यꣳ यस्याङ्गꣳ स्पृशते मुने । सर्व-रोगैर् तथा पापैर् मुक्तो भवति नारद

skānde brahma-nārada-saṁvāde— kṛṣṇottīrṇaṁ tu nirmālyaṁ yasyāṅgaṁ spṛśate mune | sarva-rogair tathā pāpair mukto bhavati nārada

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purana it is stated)

krsnottirnarh tu nirmdlyarh yasydngarh sprsate mune sarva-rogair tathd pdpair muhto bhavati ndrada O sage, one who touches the Lord's remnants to his body, after removing them from the Deity, is cured of all diseases and relieved of all sinful reactions.

HBV 8.485–486

Source

विष्णोर् निर्माल्य-शेषेण यो गात्रꣳ परिमार्जयेत् । दुरितानि विनश्यन्ति व्याधयो यान्ति खण्डशः मुखे शिरसि देहे तु विष्णूत्तिर्नꣳ तु यो वहेत् । तुलसीꣳ मुनि-शार्दूल न तस्य स्पृशते कलिः

viṣṇor nirmālya-śeṣeṇa yo gātraṁ parimārjayet | duritāni vinaśyanti vyādhayo yānti khaṇḍaśaḥ mukhe śirasi dehe tu viṣṇūttirnaṁ tu yo vahet | tulasīṁ muni-śārdūla na tasya spṛśate kaliḥ

English translation

All sinful reactions and illnesses of a person become destroyed when he smears the remnants of Lord Visnu over his body. The contamination of Kali cannot affect a person who touches Lord Visnu's remnants to his head, mouth, and other parts of his body after removing them from the Deity. O sage, I have revealed this to you for your benefit.

HBV 8.487–488

Source

किꣳ च— विष्णु-मूर्ति-स्थितꣳ पुष्पꣳ शिरसा यो वहेन् नरः । अपर्यूषित-पापस् तु यावद् युग-चतुष्टयम् किꣳ करिष्यति सु-स्नातो गङ्गायाꣳ भूसुरोत्तम । यो वहेत् शिरसा नित्यꣳ तुलसीꣳ विष्णु-सेविताꣳ

kiṁ ca— viṣṇu-mūrti-sthitaṁ puṣpaṁ śirasā yo vahen naraḥ | aparyūṣita-pāpas tu yāvad yuga-catuṣṭayam kiṁ kariṣyati su-snāto gaṅgāyāṁ bhūsurottama | yo vahet śirasā nityaṁ tulasīṁ viṣṇu-sevitāṁ

English translation

O foremost brahmana, all the sinful reactions that one may have accumulated during the previous four yugas are immediately nullified when

314 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA one touches the sanctified remnants of Lord Visnu to his head. There is no need for a person who is accustomed to touching to his head tulasl leaves that have been offered to Lord Visnu to bathe in the Ganges.

HBV 8.489–490

Source

विष्णु-पादाब्ज-सꣳलग्नाम् अहो-रात्रोषिताꣳ शुभाम् । तुलसीꣳ धारयेद् यो वै तस्य पुण्यम् अनन्तकम् अहो-रत्रꣳ शिरे यस्य तुलसी विष्णु-सेविता । न स लिप्यति पापेन पद्म-पत्रम् इवाम्भसा

viṣṇu-pādābja-saṁlagnām aho-rātroṣitāṁ śubhām | tulasīṁ dhārayed yo vai tasya puṇyam anantakam aho-ratraṁ śire yasya tulasī viṣṇu-sevitā | na sa lipyati pāpena padma-patram ivāmbhasā

English translation

There is no limit to the pious merit that is earned by a person who accepts a tulasl leaf that remained, day and night, on the lotus feet of Lord Visnu. No sin can contaminate a person whose head is adorned with a tulasl leaf that was offered to Lord Visnu, just as water cannot remain on a lotus leaf.

HBV 8.491

Source

किꣳ च— विष्णोः शिरः-परिभ्रष्टम् भक्त्या यस् तुलसीꣳ वहेत् । सिध्यान्ति सर्व-कार्याणि मनसा चिन्तितानि च

kiṁ ca— viṣṇoḥ śiraḥ-paribhraṣṭam bhaktyā yas tulasīṁ vahet | sidhyānti sarva-kāryāṇi manasā cintitāni ca

English translation

One who honors with heartfelt devotion a tulasl leaf that fell from the head of Lord Visnu will come to experience that all of his desires have been fulfilled.

HBV 8.492

Source

अपि च— प्रमार्जयति यो देहम् तुलस्या वैष्णवो नरः । सर्व-तीर्थ-मयꣳ देहꣳ तत्-क्षनात् द्विज जायते

api ca— pramārjayati yo deham tulasyā vaiṣṇavo naraḥ | sarva-tīrtha-mayaṁ dehaṁ tat-kṣanāt dvija jāyate

English translation

O brahmana, the body of a Vaisnava who places the remnants of tulasi leaves on his body becomes as sanctified as the holy places of pilgrimage.

HBV 8.493

Source

गारुडे— हरेर् मूर्त्य्-अवशेषꣳ तु तुलसी-काष्ठ-चन्दनम् । निर्माल्यꣳ तु वहेद् यस् तु कोटि-तीर्थ-फलꣳ लभेत्

gāruḍe— harer mūrty-avaśeṣaṁ tu tulasī-kāṣṭha-candanam | nirmālyaṁ tu vahed yas tu koṭi-tīrtha-phalaṁ labhet

English translation

Vaisnavas who honor the tulasi wood paste and other remnants of the Lord obtain the merit of visitng ten million holy places of pilgrimage.

HBV 8.494

Source

नारद-पञ्चरात्रे— भोजननान्तरꣳ विष्णोर् अर्पितꣳ तुलसी-दलम् । तत्-क्षनात् पाप-निर्मोक्तस् चान्द्रायण-शताधिकः

nārada-pañcarātre— bhojananāntaraṁ viṣṇor arpitaṁ tulasī-dalam | tat-kṣanāt pāpa-nirmoktas cāndrāyaṇa-śatādhikaḥ

English translation

Simply by honoring a tulasi leaf that has been offered along with food to Lord Visnu, one becomes freed from all sinful reactions and obtains more merit than he would by observing one hundred candrdyana vratas.

HBV 8.495

Source

किꣳ चान्यत्र— कौतुकꣳ शृणु मे देवि विष्णोर् निर्माल्य-वह्निना । तापितꣳ नाशम् आयाति ब्रह्म-हत्यादि-पातकम्

kiṁ cānyatra— kautukaṁ śṛṇu me devi viṣṇor nirmālya-vahninā | tāpitaṁ nāśam āyāti brahma-hatyādi-pātakam

English translation

O Goddess, listen to this wonderful statement. Any sin, even the killing of a brahmana, can be burnt to ashes in the fire of the Lord's remnants.

HBV 8.496

Source

एकादश-स्कन्धे (११.६.४६) श्री-भगवन्तꣳ प्रत्य् उद्धवोक्तौ— त्वयोपयुक्त-स्रग्-गन्ध-वासो’लङ्कार-चर्चितः । उच्छिस्त-भोजिनो दासास् तव मायाꣳ जयेम हि

ekādaśa-skandhe (11.6.46) śrī-bhagavantaṁ praty uddhavoktau— tvayopayukta-srag-gandha-vāso’laṅkāra-carcitaḥ | ucchista-bhojino dāsās tava māyāṁ jayema hi

English translation

316 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA tvayopayukta-srag-gandha- vaso-'lahkdra-carcitah ucchista-bhogino ddsds tava may am jayema hi Simply by decorating ourselves with the garlands, fragrant oils, clothes and ornaments that You have already enjoyed, and by eating the remnants of Your meals, we, Your servants, will indeed conquer Your illusory energy.

HBV 8.497

Source

अत एव स्कान्दे श्री-यमस्य दूतानुशासने— पादोदक-रता ये च हरेर् निर्माल्य-धारकाः । विष्णु-भक्ति-रता ये वै ते तु त्याज्यः सु-दुरतः इति ।

ata eva skānde śrī-yamasya dūtānuśāsane— pādodaka-ratā ye ca harer nirmālya-dhārakāḥ | viṣṇu-bhakti-ratā ye vai te tu tyājyaḥ su-durataḥ iti |

English translation

this verse, as found in the Skanda Purdna) pddodaka-ratd ye ca harer nirmdlya-dhdrakdh visnu-bhakti-ratd ye vai te tu tydjydh su-duratah. iti. You should never arrest and bring to me those who are attached to the water that washed Lord Visnu's lotus feet, who honor Lord Hari's remnants, and who are attached to the Lord's devotional service because they are not under my jurisdiction.

HBV 8.498

Source

विसर्जनꣳ तु चेत् कार्यꣳ विसृज्य-वरणानि तत् । देवे तन्-मुद्रया प्रार्थ्य देवꣳ हृदि विसर्जयेत्

visarjanaṁ tu cet kāryaṁ visṛjya-varaṇāni tat | deve tan-mudrayā prārthya devaṁ hṛdi visarjayet

English translation

If one has to immerse a Deity then he should first take off all the cloth and ornaments and immerse the Deity within one's heart, after displaying the visarjani mudra.

HBV 8.499

Source

तथा चोक्तꣳ— पूजितो’सि मया भक्त्या भगवन् कमल-पते । स लक्ष्मीको मम स्वान्तꣳ विश विश्रान्ति-हेतवे

tathā coktaṁ— pūjito’si mayā bhaktyā bhagavan kamala-pate | sa lakṣmīko mama svāntaṁ viśa viśrānti-hetave

English translation

O my Lord, I have worshiped You and Goddess LaksmI with devotion. O husband of Kamala, please enter my heart and rest there.

HBV 8.500

Source

प्रार्थ्यैवꣳ पादुके दत्त्वा सङ्गम् उद्वासयेद् धरिम् । प्राणायामꣳ षड्-अङ्गꣳ च कृत्वा मुद्राꣳ विसर्जनीम्

prārthyaivaṁ pāduke dattvā saṅgam udvāsayed dharim | prāṇāyāmaṁ ṣaḍ-aṅgaṁ ca kṛtvā mudrāṁ visarjanīm

English translation

After praying in this way, one should offer shoes to the Lord and then immerse Him, along with His associates, after performing the appropriate prdndydma and sadanga-nydsa, and displaying the visarjanl'mudrd.

HBV 8.501

Source

अयꣳ पूज-विधिर् मन्त्र-सिद्ध्य्-अर्थस्य जपस्य हि । अङ्गꣳ भक्तेस् तु तन्-निष्ठैर् न्यासादीन् अन्तरेष्यते

ayaṁ pūja-vidhir mantra-siddhy-arthasya japasya hi | aṅgaṁ bhaktes tu tan-niṣṭhair nyāsādīn antareṣyate

English translation

Whatever processes that were described so far should be diligently followed so that one can achieve the perfection of chanting mantras. On the other hand, there are no hard and fast rules for performing procedures such as nydsa for devotees who worship the Lord in devotional service.

HBV 8.502

Source

तत्र देवलये पूज नित्यत्वेन महाप्रभोः । काम्यत्वेन्âपि गेहे तु प्रायो नित्यतया मता

tatra devalaye pūja nityatvena mahāprabhoḥ | kāmyatvenâpi gehe tu prāyo nityatayā matā

English translation

Worship of the Deity in the temple can be an eternal function of a worshiper, or it can be performed for some ulterior motive. However, worship of the Lord within one's house must not be discontinued.

HBV 8.503

Source

सेवादि-नियमो देवालये देवस्य चेष्यते । प्रायः स्व-गेहे स्वच्छन्द-सेवा स्व-व्रत-रक्षया

sevādi-niyamo devālaye devasya ceṣyate | prāyaḥ sva-gehe svacchanda-sevā sva-vrata-rakṣayā

English translation

318 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA One should follow all the rules and regulations relating to the service of the Supreme Lord while worshiping Him in the temple. In one's house, however, one can worship Him according to one's capacity. The point to be noted here is that one should not break any vow that one has made in the course of his worship of the Lord.

HBV 8.504–508

Source

किꣳ च विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— घृतेन स्नपितꣳ देवꣳ चन्दनेनानुलेपयेत् । सित-जात्याश् च कुसुमैह् पूजयेत् तद्-अनन्तरम् श्वेतेन वस्त्र-युग्मेन तथा मुक्ता-फलैः शुभैः । मुख्य-कर्पूर-धूपेन पयसा पायसेन च पद्म-सूत्रस्य वर्त्त्या च घृत-धूपेन चाप्य् अथ । पूजयेत् सर्वथा यत्नात् सर्व-काम-प्रदार्चनम् कृत्वेमꣳ मुच्यते रोगी रोगात् शीघ्रम् असꣳशयम् । दुःखार्तो मुच्यते दुःखाद् बद्धो मुच्येत बन्धनात् राज-ग्रस्तश् च मुच्येत तथा राज-भयान् नरः । क्षेमेण गच्छेद् अध्वानम् सर्वानर्थ-विवर्जितः इति ।

kiṁ ca viṣṇu-dharmottare— ghṛtena snapitaṁ devaṁ candanenānulepayet | sita-jātyāś ca kusumaih pūjayet tad-anantaram śvetena vastra-yugmena tathā muktā-phalaiḥ śubhaiḥ | mukhya-karpūra-dhūpena payasā pāyasena ca padma-sūtrasya varttyā ca ghṛta-dhūpena cāpy atha | pūjayet sarvathā yatnāt sarva-kāma-pradārcanam kṛtvemaṁ mucyate rogī rogāt śīghram asaṁśayam | duḥkhārto mucyate duḥkhād baddho mucyeta bandhanāt rāja-grastaś ca mucyeta tathā rāja-bhayān naraḥ | kṣemeṇa gacched adhvānam sarvānartha-vivarjitaḥ iti |

English translation

One should bathe Lord Visnu by pouring ghee over Him and then applying sandalwood paste to His transcendental body. Then, one should offer white flowers, dress Him in white clothes with a chddara, and offer muktdphala, incense perfumed with camphor, milk, sweet rice, and a lamp with ghee wicks. This kind of worship awards all benediction to the devotee. It is certain that one who worships the Deity in this way will quickly get

relief from all diseases. A distressed person will become happy and a prisoner will be freed. As a result of such worship, a criminal can avoid punishment by the king's men, and a traveler can wander about anywhere he likes without fear or danger.